US20080241135A1 - Methods for reducing viral load in HIV-1-infected patients - Google Patents

Methods for reducing viral load in HIV-1-infected patients Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20080241135A1
US20080241135A1 US11/894,762 US89476207A US2008241135A1 US 20080241135 A1 US20080241135 A1 US 20080241135A1 US 89476207 A US89476207 A US 89476207A US 2008241135 A1 US2008241135 A1 US 2008241135A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
hiv
subject
ccr5
antibody
pro140
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US11/894,762
Inventor
William C. Olson
Paul J. Maddon
Daniel C. Pevear
Robert J. Israel
Jose D. Murga
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Progenics Pharmaceuticals Inc
Original Assignee
Progenics Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Progenics Pharmaceuticals Inc filed Critical Progenics Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority to US11/894,762 priority Critical patent/US20080241135A1/en
Publication of US20080241135A1 publication Critical patent/US20080241135A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/39Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by the immunostimulating additives, e.g. chemical adjuvants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/35Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/351Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with another ring
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/41641,3-Diazoles
    • A61K31/41781,3-Diazoles not condensed 1,3-diazoles and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. pilocarpine, nitrofurantoin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/468-Azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane; Derivatives thereof, e.g. atropine, cocaine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/496Non-condensed piperazines containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. rifampin, thiothixene
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/506Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/55Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole
    • A61K31/551Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole having two nitrogen atoms, e.g. dilazep
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/7064Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
    • A61K31/7068Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines having oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. cytidine, cytidylic acid
    • A61K31/7072Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines having oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. cytidine, cytidylic acid having two oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. uridine, uridylic acid, thymidine, zidovudine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/1703Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • A61K38/1709Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/19Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • A61K38/195Chemokines, e.g. RANTES
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/39541Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against normal tissues, cells
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/3955Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against proteinaceous materials, e.g. enzymes, hormones, lymphokines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2866Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against receptors for cytokines, lymphokines, interferons
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/70Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving virus or bacteriophage
    • C12Q1/701Specific hybridization probes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/555Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by a specific combination antigen/adjuvant
    • A61K2039/55511Organic adjuvants
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/24Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/76Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding

Definitions

  • HIV-1 human immunodeficiency virus type 1
  • Env viral envelope glycoproteins gp120 and gp41
  • Entry of the virus into target cells proceeds through a cascade of events at the cell surface that include (1) binding of the viral surface glycoprotein gp120 to a cell surface receptor, (2) Env binding to fusion coreceptors, and (3) multiple conformational changes in gp41.
  • the first high-affinity interaction between the virion and the cell surface is the binding of gp120 to cell surface CD4, which is the primary receptor for HIV-1 (Dalgleish et al.; 1984; Klatzmann et al., 1984; Maddon et al., 1986; McDougal et al., 1986).
  • This binding induces conformational changes in gp120, which enable it to interact with one of several chemokine receptors (Berger, 1997; Bieniasz et al., 1998; Dragic et al., 1997; Littman, 1998).
  • the CC-chemokine receptor 5 (CCR5) is the major co-receptor for macrophage-tropic (R5) strains, and plays a crucial role in the transmission of HIV-1 (Berger, 1997; Bieniasz et al., 1998; Dragic et al., 1997; Littman, 1998).
  • T cell line-tropic (X4) viruses use CXCR4 to enter target cells, and usually, but not always, emerge late in disease progression or as a consequence of virus propagation in tissue culture.
  • Some primary HIV-1 isolates are dual-tropic (R5 ⁇ 4) since they can use both co-receptors, though not always with the same efficiency (Connor et al., 1997; Simmons et al., 1996). Binding of gp120 to a chemokine receptor in turn triggers conformational changes in the viral transmembrane glycoprotein gp41, which mediates fusion of the viral and cellular membranes.
  • Entry inhibitors represent at least 4 distinct classes of agents based on their molecular targets and determinants of viral resistance (Olson and Maddon, 2003). Table 1 lists HIV-1 entry inhibitors known to be in clinical development or approved for clinical use.
  • PRO542 is a tetravalent, third-generation CD4-IgG2 fusion protein comprising the D1D2 domains of CD4 genetically fused to the heavy and light chain constant regions of human IgG2 (Allaway et al., 1995; Zhu et al., 2001).
  • This agent binds the HIV-1 envelope glycoprotein gp120 with nanomolar affinity and may inhibit virus attachment both by receptor blockade and by detaching gp120 from the virion surface, thereby irreversibly inactivating the virus.
  • BMS-488043 is an optimized analog of BMS-378806 (see PCT International Publication Nos. WO 01/62255 A1 and WO 03/082289 A1), which has been variously reported to block gp120 attachment to CD4 (Lin et al., 2002; 2003) and post-attachment events (Si et al., 2004).
  • TNX-355 is a humanized IgG4 version of the anti-CD4 monoclonal antibody (mAb) 5A8, which blocks fusion events that occur post-attachment of gp120 to CD4 (Burkly et al., 1992; Moore et al., 1992).
  • mAb monoclonal antibody
  • PRO140 a humanized anti-CCR5 mAb, and the small-molecule CCR5 antagonists, SCH-D (also now designated SCH 417670 or vicriviroc), UK-427,857 (also designated maraviroc) and GW873140, are discussed below.
  • CCR5mAb004 is a fully human mAb, generated using the Abgenix XenoMouse® technology, that specifically recognizes and binds to CCR5 (Roschke et al., 2004). CCR5mAb004 has been reported to inhibit CCR5-dependent entry of HIV-1 viruses into human cells, and recently entered Phase 1 clinical trials (HGS Press Release, 2005).
  • TAK-779 The first small-molecule anti-CCR5 antagonist identified as capable of inhibiting HIV-I infection was TAK-779 (Baba et al., 1999). However, TAK-779 exhibited poor oral bioavailability (Baba et al., 2005) and local injection site irritation (Iizawa et al., 2003), and has been replaced in clinical development by a TAK-779 derivative, TAK-652 (Baba et al., 2005). TAK-652 is an orally bioavailable CCR5 antagonist with potent anti-HIV-1 activity in the nanomolar range in vitro and promising pharmacological profiles in vivo (Baba et al., 2005).
  • AMD070 is a second-generation CXCR4 inhibitor; the first-generation CXCR4 inhibitor AMD3100 did not demonstrate a favorable safety window for HIV-1 therapy (Schols et al., 2002).
  • T-20 was approved for salvage therapy of HIV-1 infection following favorable antiviral and safety profiles in each of two pivotal Phase 3 studies (Lalezari et al., 2003; Lazzarin et al., 2003).
  • HIV-1 binds to target cells via the CD4 receptor but requires additional host cell factors to mediate entry (Maddon et al., 1986).
  • CD4 CD4-binding protein
  • chemokine receptors mainly CCR5 and CXCR4 were shown to serve as requisite fusion coreceptors for HIV-1.
  • Cocchi et al. (1995) provided the first link between HIV-1 and chemokines, which are small ( ⁇ 8 kDa) homologous soluble proteins. Chemokines mediate the recruitment and activation of immune cells. They are classified as CC-, CXC-, CX 3 C- and XC-chemokines based on the number and sequential relationship of the first two of four conserved cysteine residues; most are either CC- or CXC-chemokines.
  • the CC-chemokines RANTES, MIP-1 ⁇ and MIP-1 ⁇ were shown to block replication of primary macrophage-tropic strains of HIV-1 (Cocchi et al., 1995). Using expression cloning techniques, Feng et al.
  • CXCR4 chemokine receptor fusin
  • Macrophage-tropic, T-cell-line-tropic and dual-tropic viruses could be more descriptively classified as being R5, X4 and R5X4 viruses based on their abilities to utilize CCR5, CXCR4 or both receptors, respectively, for entry.
  • chemokine receptors can function as HIV-1 coreceptors when over-expressed in vitro.
  • the list includes CCR8, Apj, V28, US28, CCR2b, CCR3, gprl, Bonzo (STRL33, TYMSTR), and BOB (gprl5).
  • proteins belonging to the chemokine receptor family have biochemical properties that promote HIV-1 membrane fusion.
  • most of the above-mentioned coreceptors are not very efficient, are not normally coexpressed with CD4, and function only with certain strains of HIV-1, HIV-2 or SIV. The in vivo relevance of these alternative coreceptors has not been established.
  • CCR5 plays a central role in HIV-1 transmission and pathogenesis, and naturally-occurring mutations in CCR5 confer protection from HIV-1 infection and disease progression.
  • the most notable CCR5 polymorphism involves a 32 bp deletion in the coding region of CCR5 (A32) (Liu et al., 1996).
  • the A32 allele encodes a nonfunctional receptor that fails to reach the cell surface.
  • Individuals who possess one normal and one mutant CCR5 gene express lower levels of CCR5, and their T cells are less susceptible to R5 virus infection in vitro (Liu et al., 1996; Wu et al., 1997).
  • A32 heterozygotes experience a milder course of disease characterized by reduced viral burdens and delayed progression to AIDS (Huang et al., 1996; Michael et al., 1997). These results support the concept that reducing CCR5 availability can lower viral replication and slow disease progression.
  • CCR5 expression is largely confined to activated T cells and macrophages, which represent the primary targets for HIV-1 infection in vivo, although low-level CCR5 expression has been reported on other tissues, such as smooth muscle (Schecter et al., 2000).
  • CCR5 knockout mice have been generated and provide further insight into the effects of abrogating CCR5 function.
  • CCR5 knockout mice develop normally and are ostensibly healthy, although minor alterations in immune responses can be observed upon challenge with particular pathogens (Huffnagle et al., 1999; Schuh et al., 2002; Tran et al., 2000; Zhou et al., 1998).
  • the CXCR4 knockout is a lethal phenotype in mice (Lapidot et al., 2001), and has not been observed in humans.
  • CCR5-targeting agents may serve as a new treatment paradigm for HIV-1 infection.
  • CCR5 antagonists may be well tolerated in vivo
  • further studies are required to determine that long-term effects of abrogating CCR5 function in individuals whose immune systems developed in its presence. Such potentially deleterious effects may be mitigated by use of agents that bind to CCR5 and inhibit binding of HIV-1 thereto, but do not impair normal CCR5 function.
  • One agent demonstrated to have such properties is the humanized anti-CCR5 mAb, PRO140, which effectively blocks HIV-1 replication at concentrations that do not inhibit the physiologic activity of CCR5 (Olson et al., 1999).
  • PRO140 was identified using a fluorescence resonance energy transfer (RET) assay screen for anti-HIV activity.
  • RET fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • PRO140 It is potently antiviral, having an IC 90 of about 4 ⁇ g/ml (Olson et al., 1999; Trkola et al., 2001) and protects diverse primary target cell types (Ketas et al., 2003; Olson and Maddon, 2003).
  • IC 90 of about 4 ⁇ g/ml
  • Trkola et al., 2001 protects diverse primary target cell types
  • PRO140 is currently in Phase 1 human clinical trials.
  • TAK-779 (Baba et al., 1999)
  • several other small-molecule CCR5 antagonists have been identified.
  • Four of these (SCH-C, SCH-D, UK-427,857, GW873140) have completed similarly designed Phase 1 studies in HIV-infected individuals (Reynes et al., 2002; Schurmann et al., 2004; Dorr et al., 2003; Lalezari et al., 2004).
  • Each of these agents mediated dose-dependent ⁇ 1 log 10 mean reductions in HIV-1 RNA levels during the treatment period of 10-14 days. As expected, viral loads rebounded to baseline levels following cessation of therapy.
  • TAK-652 the successor compound to TAK-779
  • the single administration of TAK-652 solution was reportedly safe and well tolerated (Baba et al., 2005).
  • mAb products have provided new standards of care in diverse disease settings.
  • 18 mAbs are approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for indications including cancer, autoimmune disease, transplant rejection and viral infection.
  • 14 mAbs have been approved since 2000.
  • mAbs provide safety, efficacy and ease-of-use profiles that are unrivalled by small-molecule compounds. Examples include Synagis (MedImmune, Inc., Gaithersburg, Md.), a humanized mAb to respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), and Rituxan (Genentech, San Francisco, Calif.), an anti-CD20 mAb that provides the standard of care for non-Hodgkin's lymphoma.
  • the humanized anti-CCR5 mAb, PRO140 is structurally, functionally and mechanistically distinct from the small-molecule CCR5 antagonists and therefore represents a unique CCR5 inhibitor class.
  • PRO140 is a humanized version of the murine mAb, PA14, which was generated against CD4 + CCR5 + cells (Olson et al., 1999).
  • PRO140 binds to CCR5 expressed on the surface of a cell, and potently inhibits HIV-1 entry and replication at concentrations that do not affect CCR5 chemokine receptor activity in vitro and in the hu-PBL-SCID mouse model of HIV-1 infection (Olson et al., 1999; Trkola et al., 2001). The latter finding provides in vivo proof-of-concept for PRO140 anti-HIV-1 therapy, and PRO140 is currently undergoing Phase 1a clinical studies.
  • PRO140 is clearly distinct from these small-molecule inhibitors.
  • the differences between the two CCR5 inhibitor classes reveal that PRO140 may offer a fundamentally distinct, and in many ways complementary, product profile from that of small-molecule CCR5 antagonists. Indeed, PRO140 represents a novel therapeutic approach to treating HIV-1 infection and could play an important role in HIV-1 therapy irrespective of whether small-molecule CCR5 antagonists are ultimately clinically approved.
  • PRO 140 Identification Screen Chemokine Binding HIV-1 Entry Block Natural Activity of CCR5 Yes No Potential for Immune Yes No Suppression/Dysregulation Tolerability Cardiac, Neurological No Toxicity Toxicities for some Binding site on CCR5 Common Hydrophobic Extracellular Epitope that Pocket defined by spans Multiple Hydrophilic Transmembrane Regions of Domains CCR5 Viral Cross-Resistance Significant Limited Development of Resistance In Vitro 6 to 19 weeks None at 40 weeks Drug-Drug Interactions Significant Unlikely Food Interactions Significant Unlikely Dosing Once or Twice Daily Biweekly to Monthly
  • This method provides a method for reducing HIV-1 viral load in an HIV-1-infected human subject which comprises administering to the subject at a predefined interval effective HIV-1 viral load-reducing doses of (a) a humanized antibody designated PRO140, or of (b) an anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody which (i) binds to CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject and inhibits fusion of HIV-1 with such cells, (ii) inhibits HIV-1 fusion with CD4+CCR5+ cells with a potency equal or greater than that of PRO140, (iii) coats CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject without reducing the number of such cells in the subject, and/or (iv) binds to the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without inducing an increase in the subject's plasma concentration of circulating ⁇ -chemokines, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:HuPRO140-VK (
  • This invention also provides a method for inhibiting in a human subject the onset or progression of an HIV-1-associated disorder, the inhibition of which is effected by inhibiting fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5 + CD4 + target cells in the subject, comprising administering to the subject at a predefined interval effective fusion-inhibitory doses of a humanized antibody designated PRO140, or of an anti-CCR5 receptor antibody which (i) binds to CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject and inhibits fusion of HIV-1 with such cells, (ii) inhibits HIV-1 fusion with the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells with a potency characterized by an IC90 of 10 ⁇ g/ml or less, (iii) coats the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without reducing the number of such cells in the subject, and/or (iv) binds to the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without inducing an increase in the subject's plasma concentration of circulating ⁇ -chemokines,
  • This invention further provides a method for reducing the likelihood of a human subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection which comprises administering to the subject at a predefined interval effective fusion-inhibitory doses of a humanized antibody designated PRO140, or of an anti-CCR5 receptor antibody which (i) binds to CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject and inhibits fusion of HIV-1 with such cells, (ii) inhibits HIV-1 fusion with the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells with a potency characterized by an IC90 of 10 ⁇ g/ml or less, (iii) coats the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without reducing the number of such cells in the subject, and/or (iv) binds to the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without inducing an increase in the subject's plasma concentration of circulating ⁇ -chemokines, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:Hu
  • the present invention provides a method for treating a subject infected with HIV-1 comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of a CD4 + cell and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to a CCR5 + CD4+ cell, and (b) a non-antibody antagonist of a CCR5 receptor, in amounts effective to treat the subject.
  • This invention also provides a method for inhibiting in a subject the onset or progression of an HIV-1-associated disorder, the inhibition of which is effected by inhibiting fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5 + CD4 + target cells in the subject, comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of a CD4 + cell and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to a CCR5 + CD4+ cell, and (b) a non-antibody antagonist of a CCR5 receptor, in amounts effective to inhibit fusion of HIV-1 to the CCR5 + CD4+ target cells, so as to thereby inhibit the onset or progression of the HIV-1-associated disorder in the subject.
  • the invention further provides a method for reducing the likelihood of a subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of a CD4 + cell and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to a CCR5 + CD4+ cell, and (b) a non-antibody antagonist of a CCR5 receptor, in amounts effective to reduce the likelihood of the subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection.
  • This invention also provides a method of potentiating HIV-1 inhibitory activity of (i) an anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody or (ii) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist in the treatment of HIV-1 infection in a subject, comprising: administering to the subject an HIV-1 inhibitory activity potentiating amount of the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody in combination with an HIV-1 inhibitory activity potentiating amount of a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist, wherein the combination produces a synergistic effect on inhibiting HIV-1 infection, thereby potentiating the inhibitory activity of (i) the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody or (ii) the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist.
  • the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist causes an approximately 4- to 10-fold dose reduction of the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody and the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody causes an approximately 3- to 16-fold dose reduction of the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist.
  • FIG. 1 A first figure.
  • Humanized PRO140 is potently antiviral.
  • the in vitro neutralization activity of murine and humanized PRO140 was tested against four primary R5HIV-1 isolates using a whole virus replication assay.
  • the data reflect the median values from 8 or more independent assays.
  • the genetic subtypes of the viruses are indicated in parentheses.
  • Antiviral activity is independent of target cell. Inhibition of infection of four different target cells by three primary R5 HIV-1 isolates with was tested.
  • PRO140 blocks HIV-1 but not chemokine signaling.
  • PRO140 provides prolonged control of viral replication in HIV-1-infected mice. SCID mice were reconstituted with normal human peripheral blood mononuclear cells and infected 2 weeks later with HIV-1 JR-CSF . Multiple doses of PRO140 were administered following attainment of steady state viral levels. Plasma viral loads pre- and post-injection are indicated.
  • Serum concentrations of PRO140 Healthy male volunteers were treated with a single intravenous infusion of PRO140 at dose levels of 0.1, 0.5 and 2.0 mg/kg, as indicated. At the indicated times post-treatment, serum was collected, cryopreserved, and analyzed for PRO140 levels. Data for individual patients are indicated.
  • PRO140 does not affect plasma chemokine levels. Healthy male volunteers were treated with a single intravenous infusion of 0.1 mg/kg PRO140 (Cohort 1), 0.5 mg/kg PRO140 (Cohort 2) or matched placebo. At the indicated times post-treatment, plasma was collected, cryopreserved and analyzed for levels of RANTES. The Lower Limit of Quantification of the assay was 415 pg RANTES/mL plasma. Data represent the group mean values.
  • PRO140 is active against HIV-1 strains that are resistant to small-molecule CCR5 antagonists. Variants of HIV-1 resistant to AD101 (a small-molecule CCR5 inhibitor structurally related to SCH-C) and SCH-D (Kuhmann et al., 2004; Maroznan et al. 2005) were tested for sensitivity to the anti-CCR5 mab, PA14. The extent of viral replication in primary CD4+ T-cells is represented relative to p24 antigen production in the absence of any inhibitor, which is defined as 100%. Individual data points were the average of values derived from 4 separate experiments, each performed using duplicate wells.
  • administering refers to delivering in a manner which is effected or performed using any of the various methods and delivery systems known to those skilled in the art.
  • Administering can be performed, for example, topically, intravenously, pericardially, orally, parentemlly, via implant, transmucosally, transdermally, intradermally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intralymphatically, intralesionally, epidurally, or by in vivo electroporation.
  • An agent or composition may also be administered in an aerosol, such as for pulmonary and/or intranasal delivery.
  • Administering can also be performed, for example, once, a plurality of times, and/or over one or more extended periods.
  • an “antibody” shall include, without limitation, an immunoglobulin molecule comprising two heavy chains and two light chains and which recognizes an antigen.
  • the immunoglobulin molecule may derive from any of the commonly known classes, including but not limited to IgA, secretory IgA, IgG and IgM.
  • IgG subclasses are also well known to those in the art and include but are not limited to human IgG1, IgG2, IgG3 and IgG4.
  • “Antibody” includes, by way of example, both naturally occurring and non-naturally occurring antibodies; monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies; chimeric and humanized antibodies; human or nonhuman antibodies; wholly synthetic antibodies; and single chain antibodies.
  • a nonhuman antibody may be humanized by recombinant methods to reduce its immunogenicity in man. Methods for humanizing antibodies are well known to those skilled in the art.
  • “Antibody” also includes, without limitation, a fragment or portion of any of the afore-mentioned immunoglobulin molecules and includes a monovalent and a divalent fragment or portion.
  • Antibody fragments include, for example, Fc fragments and antigen-binding fragments (Fab).
  • an “anti-chemokine receptor antibody” refers to an antibody which recognizes and binds to an epitope on a chemokine receptor.
  • anti-CCR5 antibody refers to an antibody which recognizes and binds to an epitope on the CCR5 chemokine receptor.
  • Attachment means the process that is mediated by the binding of the HIV-1 envelope glycoprotein to the human CD4 receptor, which is not a fusion coreceptor.
  • CCR5 is a chemokine receptor which binds members of the C—C group of chemokines and whose amino acid sequence comprises that provided in Genbank Accession Number 1705896 and related polymorphic variants.
  • CCR5 includes, without limitation, extracellular portions of CCR5 capable of binding the HIV-1 envelope protein.
  • CCR5 and CCR5 receptor are used synonymously.
  • CD4 means the mature, native, membrane-bound CD4 protein comprising a cytoplasmic domain, a hydrophobic transmembrane domain, and an extracellular domain which binds to the HIV-1 gp120 envelope glycoprotein.
  • CDR complementarity determining region
  • a “cell” includes a biological cell, e.g., a HeLa cell, and a non-biological cell, e.g., a phospholipid vesicle or virion.
  • a “cell susceptible to HIV infection” may also be referred to as a “target cell” and includes a cell capable of being infected by or fusing with HIV or an HIV-infected cell.
  • CXCR4 is a chemokine receptor which binds members of the C—X—C group of chemokines and whose amino acid sequence comprises that provided in Genbank Accession No 400654 and related polymorphic variants. As used herein, CXCR4 includes extracellular portions of CXCR4 capable of binding the HIV-1 envelope protein.
  • Exposed to HIV-1 refers to contact with HIV-1 such that infection could result.
  • a “fully human” antibody refers to an antibody wherein all of the amino acids correspond to amino acids in human immunoglobulin molecules. “Fully human” and “human” are used synonymously.
  • HIV refers to the human immunodeficiency virus. HIV shall include, without limitation, HIV-1. HIV-1 includes but is not limited to extracellular virus particles and the forms of HIV-1 associated with HIV-1 infected cells.
  • the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) may be either of the two known types of HIV (HIV-1 or HIV-2).
  • the HIV-1 virus may represent any of the known major subtypes (classes A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H) or outlying subtype (Group 0).
  • HIV-1 JR-FL is a strain that was originally isolated at autopsy from the brain tissue of an AIDS patient. The virus has been cloned and the DNA sequences of its envelope glycoproteins are known (GenBank Accession No. U63632). In terms of sensitivity to inhibitors of viral entry, HIV-1 JR-FL is known to be highly representative of primary HIV-1 isolates.
  • a “humanized” antibody refers to an antibody wherein some, most or all of the amino acids outside the CDR regions are replaced with corresponding amino acids derived from human immunoglobulin molecules. In one embodiment of the humanized forms of the antibodies, some, most or all of the amino acids outside the CDR regions have been replaced with amino acids from human immunoglobulin molecules, whereas some, most or all amino acids within one or more CDR regions are unchanged. Small additions, deletions, insertions, substitutions or modifications of amino acids are permissible as long as they do not abrogate the ability of the antibody to bind a given antigen. Suitable human immunoglobulin molecules include IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgE and IgM molecules. A “humanized” antibody retains an antigenic specificity similar to that of the original antibody.
  • “Monoclonal antibodies,” also designated a mAbs, are antibody molecules whose primary sequences are essentially identical and which exhibit the same antigenic specificity. Monoclonal antibodies may be produced by hybridoma, recombinant, transgenic or other techniques known to those skilled in the art.
  • non-antibody antagonist of a CCR5 receptor refers to an agent that does not comprise an antibody, and which binds to a CCR5 receptor and inhibits the activity of this receptor. Such inhibition can include inhibiting the binding of HIV-1 to the CCR5 receptor.
  • non-antibody antagonists include nucleic acids, carbohydrates, lipids, oligopeptides, and small organic molecules.
  • “Reducing the likelihood of a subject's contracting a viral infection” means reducing the likelihood of the subject's becoming infected with the virus by at least two-fold. For example, if a subject has a 1% chance of becoming infected with the virus, a two-fold reduction in the likelihood of the subject contracting a viral infection would result in the subject having a 0.5% chance of becoming infected with the virus. In the preferred embodiment of this invention, reducing the likelihood of the subject's contracting a viral infection means reducing the likelihood of the subject's becoming infected with the virus by at least ten-fold.
  • a “small-molecule” CCR5 receptor antagonist includes, for example, a small organic molecule which binds to a CCR5 receptor and inhibits the activity of the receptor. Such inhibition includes, e.g., inhibiting the binding of HIV-1 to the receptor.
  • the small organic molecule has a molecular weight less than 1,500 daltons. In another embodiment, the molecule has a molecular weight less than 600 daltons.
  • Subject includes any animal or artificially modified animal capable of becoming infected with HIV.
  • Animals include, but are not limited to, humans, non-human primates, dogs, cats, rabbits, ferrets, and rodents such as mice, rats and guinea pigs.
  • Artificially modified animals include, but are not limited to, SCID mice with human immune systems.
  • the subject is a human.
  • “Synergy” between two or more agents refers to the combined effect of the agents which is greater than their additive effects. Synergistic, additive or antagonistic effects between agents may be quantified by analysis of the dose-response curves using the Combination Index (CI) method.
  • CI Combination Index
  • a CI value greater than 1 indicates antagonism; a CI value equal to 1 indicates an additive effect; and a CI value less than 1 indicates a synergistic effect.
  • the CI value of a synergistic interaction is less than 0.9.
  • the CI value is less than 0.8.
  • the CI value is less than 0.7.
  • Treating an HIV-1 infection in a subject refers to slowing, stopping or reversing the progression of an HIV-1 disorder in the subject. In the preferred embodiment, “treating” refers to reversing the progression to the point of eliminating the disorder. As used herein, “treating” also means reducing the number of viral infections, reducing the number of infectious viral particles, reducing the number of virally infected cells, or ameliorating symptoms associated with HIV-1. Reducing viral load in a subject is one embodiment of treating the subject.
  • This method provides a method for reducing HIV-1 viral load in an HIV-1-infected human subject which comprises administering to the subject at a predefined interval effective HIV-1 viral load-reducing doses of (a) a humanized antibody designated PRO140, or of (b) an anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody which (i) binds to CD4+ CCR5+ cells in the subject and inhibits fusion of HIV-1 with such cells, (ii) inhibits HIV-1 fusion with CD4+CCR5+ cells with a potency equal or greater than that of PRO140, (iii) coats CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject without reducing the number of such cells in the subject, and/or (iv) binds to the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without inducing an increase in the subject's plasma concentration of circulating ⁇ -chemokines, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:HuPRO140-VK (
  • the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody binds to the same CCR5 epitope as that to which PRO140 binds.
  • the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody can be, for example, a humanized, human, or chimeric antibody.
  • the antibody administered to the subject is the antibody designated PRO140.
  • the effective viral load-reducing dose is from 0.25 mg per kg to 7.5 mg per kg of the subject's body weight. In another embodiment, the dose is from 0.5 mg per kg to 5 mg per kg of the subject's body weight. In another embodiment, the dose is from 1 mg per kg to 3 mg per kg of the subject's body weight. In another embodiment, the dose is 2 mg per kg of the subject's body weight.
  • the effective viral load-reducing dose is sufficient to achieve in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 400 ng/ml.
  • the doses administered at regular intervals are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 1 ⁇ g/ml.
  • the doses are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of about 3 to about 12 ⁇ g/ml.
  • the doses are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 5 ⁇ g/ml.
  • the doses are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 10 ⁇ g/ml.
  • the doses are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 25 ⁇ g/ml. In a further embodiment, the doses are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 50 ⁇ g/ml.
  • the predefined interval is at least once weekly. In another embodiment, the predefined interval is every two to four weeks. In a further embodiment, the predefined interval is every two weeks, or every four weeks. In a further embodiment, the predefined interval is at least once monthly, every six weeks or every eight weeks. In another embodiment of the invention, the reduction of the subject's HIV-1 viral load is maintained for at least one week. In another embodiment, the subject's HIV-1 viral load is maintained for at least two weeks. In another embodiment, the reduction of the subject's HIV-1 viral load is maintained for at least four weeks. In another embodiment, the reduction of the subject's HIV-1 viral load is maintained for at least three months.
  • the antibody is administered via intravenous infusion. In another embodiment, the antibody is administered via subcutaneous injection. In one embodiment, the subject's HIV-1 viral load is reduced by at least 50% following administration of the antibody. In another embodiment, the subject's HIV-1 viral load is reduced by at least 70% following administration of the antibody, and preferably, is reduced by at least 90% following administration of the antibody.
  • the method further comprises administering to the subject at least one anti-HIV-1 anti-retroviral agent.
  • the anti-HIV-1 anti-retroviral agent can be, for example, a nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI), a nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI), a protease inhibitor (PI), a fusion inhibitor, or any combination thereof.
  • NRTI nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor
  • NRTI nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor
  • PI protease inhibitor
  • fusion inhibitor fusion inhibitor
  • the subject prior to administering the monoclonal antibody to the subject, the subject has received treatment with at least one anti-HIV-1 anti-retroviral agent, and (b) concurrent with administering the monoclonal antibody, the subject continues to receive treatment with the agent or agents, so as to enhance the reduction of HIV-1 viral load in the subject.
  • the anti-HIV-1 anti-retroviral agent can be, for example, a nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI), a nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI), a protease inhibitor (PI), a fusion inhibitor, or any combination thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method for inhibiting in a human subject the onset or progression of an HIV-1-associated disorder, the inhibition of which is effected by inhibiting fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5 + CD4 + target cells in the subject, comprising administering to the subject at a predefined interval effective fusion-inhibitory doses of a humanized antibody designated PRO140, or of an anti-CCR5 receptor antibody which (i) binds to CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject and inhibits fusion of HIV-1 with such cells, (ii) inhibits HIV-1 fusion with the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells with a potency characterized by an IC90 of 10 ⁇ g/ml or less, (iii) coats the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without reducing the number of such cells in the subject, and/or (iv) binds to the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without inducing an increase in the subject's plasma concentration of circulating ⁇ -chemokines,
  • This invention further provides a method for reducing the likelihood of a human subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection which comprises administering to the subject at a predefined interval effective fusion-inhibitory doses of a humanized antibody designated PRO140, or of an anti-CCR5 receptor antibody which (i) binds to CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject and inhibits fusion of HIV-1 with such cells, (ii) inhibits HIV-1 fusion with the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells with a potency characterized by an IC90 of 10 ⁇ g/ml or less, (iii) coats the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without reducing the number of such cells in the subject, and/or (iv) binds to the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without inducing an increase in the subject's plasma concentration of circulating ⁇ -chemokines, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:Hu
  • the present invention also provides a method for reducing HIV-1 viral load in an HIV-1-infected human subject who has developed resistance to a form of anti-HIV-1 therapy, which method comprises administering to the subject at a predefined interval effective HIV-1 viral load-reducing doses of (a) a humanized antibody designated PRO140, or of (b) an anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody which (i) binds to CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject and inhibits fusion of HIV-1 with such cells, (ii) inhibits HIV-1 fusion with CD4+CCR5+ cells with a potency equal or greater than that of PRO140, (iii) coats CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject without reducing the number of such cells in the subject, and/or (iv) binds to the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without inducing an increase in the subject's plasma concentration of circulating ⁇ -chemokines, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product
  • the form of anti-HIV-1 therapy is a nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI), a nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI), a protease inhibitor (PI), a fusion inhibitor, or any combination thereof.
  • the fusion inhibitor is a non-antibody CCR5 antagonist.
  • the non-antibody CCR5 antagonist is a small-molecule CCR5 antagonist.
  • the small-molecule CCR5 antagonist is orally administered.
  • the antibody may be administered at the same time, concurrently, prior to the administration of the small-molecule CCR5 antagonist or subsequent to the administration of the small-molecule CCR5 antagonist.
  • each agent may be administered to the subject within the same treatment time period as is each other agent.
  • the agents can be administered together, at the same time and in the same or different compositions or via the same or different routes of administration.
  • each agent is administered via a dosing regimen (e.g., frequency, route and amount) different from that by which each other agent is administered.
  • the first of two administered agents may be administered via subcutaneous injection at two-week intervals for a one-year treatment time period, whereas during that same one-year period, the second administered agent (e.g., a small molecule) is orally administered twice per day.
  • concurrent administration refers to the administration of at least two agents within one treatment period.
  • This invention also provides a method for treating a subject infected with HIV-1 comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of the subject's CD4 + cells and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to the subject's CCR5 + CD4+ cells, and (b) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist, in amounts effective to treat the subject.
  • This invention also provides a method for inhibiting in a subject the onset or progression of an HIV-1-associated disorder, the inhibition of which is effected by inhibiting fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5 + CD4+ target cells in the subject, comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of the subject's CD4 + cells and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to the subject's CCR5 + CD4+ cells, and (b) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist, in amounts effective to inhibit the onset or progression of the HIV-1-associated disorder in the subject.
  • This invention further provides a method for reducing the likelihood of a subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of the subject's CD4 + cells and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to the subject's CCR5 + CD4+ cells, and (b) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist, in amounts effective to reduce the likelihood of the subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection.
  • the subject has been exposed to HIV-1.
  • the subject is at risk of being exposed to HIV-1.
  • This invention also relates to the effect of the combination of distinct classes of compounds which bind to CCR5, namely anti-CCR5 mAbs and non-antibody CCR5 antagonists, on HIV-1 fusion to, and entry into, susceptible target cells. Synergistic inhibition of HIV-1 infection of target cells has previously been demonstrated using combinations of different HIV-1 entry inhibitors. However, no prior study has examined the combination of different classes of inhibitors which target the same CCR5 coreceptor.
  • this invention also provides a method for treating a subject infected with HIV-1 comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of the subject's CD4 + cells and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to the subject's CCR5 + CD4+ cells, and (b) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist, in amounts effective to treat the subject.
  • This invention further provides a method for inhibiting in a subject the onset or progression of an HIV-1-associated disorder, the inhibition of which is effected by inhibiting fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5 + CD4 + target cells in the subject, comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of the subject's CD4 + cells and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to the subject's CCR5 + CD4+ cells, and (b) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist, in amounts effective to inhibit the onset or progression of the HIV-1-associated disorder in the subject.
  • This invention also provides a method for reducing the likelihood of a subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of the subject's CD4 + cells and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to the subject's CCR5 + CD4+ cells, and (b) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist, in amounts effective to reduce the likelihood of the subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection.
  • the subject has been exposed to HIV-1.
  • the subject is at risk of being exposed to HIV-1.
  • This invention also provides a method of potentiating HIV-1 inhibitory activity of (i) an anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody or (ii) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist in the treatment of HIV-1 infection in a subject, comprising: administering to the subject an HIV-1 inhibitory activity potentiating amount of the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody in combination with an HIV-1 inhibitory activity potentiating amount of a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist, wherein the combination produces a synergistic effect on inhibiting HIV-1 infection, thereby potentiating the inhibitory activity of (i) the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody or (ii) the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist.
  • the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist causes an approximately 4- to 10-fold dose reduction of the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody and the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody causes an approximately 3- to 16-fold dose reduction of the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist.
  • the method comprises an HIV-1 inhibitory activity potentiating amount of one or more non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonists. In another embodiment, the method comprises an HIV-1 inhibitory activity potentiating amount of one or more anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibodies. In yet another embodiment, the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody and the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist are concurrently administered to the subject.
  • the monoclonal antibody is PA14 produced by the hybridoma cell line designated PA14 (ATCC Accession No. HB-12610), or an antibody that competes with monoclonal antibody PA-14 in binding to the CCR5 receptor.
  • the monoclonal antibody is the humanized antibody designated PRO140, or an antibody that competes with PRO140 in binding to the CCR5 receptor, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:HuPRO140-VK (ATCC Deposit Designation PITA-4097), and (ii) two heavy chains, each heavy chain comprising the expression product of either the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 HG2-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4098) or the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 (mut B+D+I)-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4099).
  • the monoclonal antibody is the humanized antibody designated PRO140.
  • the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist is SCH-D, TAK-779, TAK-652, UK-427,857, RANTES, GW873140, or a combination thereof.
  • the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist is a small organic molecule that competes with SCH-D in binding to the CCR5 receptor.
  • the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist is a small organic molecule that competes with UK-427,857 in binding to the CCR5 receptor.
  • the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist is a small organic molecule that competes with TAK-779 in binding to the CCR5 receptor.
  • the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist is a small organic molecule that competes with TAK-652 in binding to the CCR5 receptor. In another embodiment, the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist is a small organic molecule that competes with GW873140 in binding to the CCR5 receptor.
  • the anti-CCR5 antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
  • the antibody is a polyclonal antibody.
  • the antibody is a humanized antibody.
  • the antibody is a human antibody.
  • the antibody is a chimeric antibody.
  • the antibody is the anti-CCR5 human antibody designated CCR5mAb004, produced by Human Genome Sciences.
  • Murine hybridomas secreting monoclonal antibodies PA8, PA9, PA10, PA11, PA12 and PA14 were deposited pursuant to, and in satisfaction of, the requirements of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure (the “Budapest treaty”) with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, Va. 20110-2209 on Dec. 2, 1998 under the following Accession Nos.: ATCC Accession No. HB-12605 (PA8), ATCC Accession No. HB-12606 (PA9), ATCC Accession No. 12607 (PA10), ATCC Accession No. HB-12608 (P11), ATCC Accession No. HB-12609 (PA12), and ATCC Accession No. HB-12610 (PA14).
  • ATCC Accession No. HB-12605 PA8
  • ATCC Accession No. HB-12606 PA9
  • ATCC Accession No. 12607 PA10
  • the monoclonal antibody is PA14 produced by the hybridoma cell line designated PA14 (ATCC Accession No. HB-12610), or an antibody that competes with monoclonal antibody PA14's binding to the CCR5 receptor.
  • the monoclonal antibody is an antibody that binds to the same epitope as that to which monoclonal antibody PA14 binds. When binding to the same epitope occurs, competitive inhibition results.
  • the monoclonal antibody is selected from the group consisting of PA14 produced by the hybridoma designated PA14 (ATCC Accession No. HB-12610), PA8 produced by the hybridoma designated PA8 (ATCC Accession No. HB-12605), PA9 produced by the hybridoma designated PA9 (ATCC Accession No. HB-12606), PA10 produced by the hybridoma designated PA10 (ATCC Accession No. HB-12607), PA11 produced by the hybridoma designated PA11 (ATCC Accession No. HB-12608), PA12 produced by the hybridoma designated PA12 (ATCC Accession No. HB-12609), and 2D7 (Wu et al., 1997).
  • the monoclonal antibody is PA14.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539 describes another approach for the production of a humanized antibody.
  • This patent describes the use of recombinant DNA technology to produce a humanized antibody wherein the CDRs of a variable region of one immunoglobulin are replaced with the CDRs from an immunoglobulin with a different specificity such that the humanized antibody would recognize the desired target but would not be recognized in a significant way by the human subject's immune system.
  • site-directed mutagenesis is used to graft the CDRs onto the framework.
  • Human framework regions can be chosen to maximize homology with the mouse sequence.
  • a computer model can be used to identify amino acids in the framework region which are likely to interact with the CDRs or the specific antigen and then mouse amino acids can be used at these positions to create the humanized antibody.
  • the above methods are merely illustrative of some of the methods that one skilled in the art could employ to make humanized antibodies.
  • Fully human monoclonal antibodies can be prepared by immunizing animals transgenic for large portions of human immunoglobulin heavy and light chain loci. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,591,669, 5,545,806, 5,545,807, 6,150,584, and references cited therein, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. These transgenic animals have been genetically modified such that there is a functional deletion in the production of endogenous (e.g., murine) antibodies.
  • the animals are further modified to contain all or a portion of the human germ-line immunoglobulin gene locus such that immunization of these animals will result in the production of fully human antibodies to the antigen of interest.
  • immunization of these animals e.g., XenoMouse® (Abgenix), HuMAb-Mouse® (Medarex/GenPharm)
  • monoclonal antibodies can be prepared according to standard hybridoma technology. These monoclonal antibodies will have human immunoglobulin amino acid sequences and therefore will not provoke human anti-mouse antibody (HAMA) responses when administered to humans.
  • HAMA human anti-mouse antibody
  • Nucleic acids encoding heavy and light chains of the humanized PRO140 antibody have been deposited with the ATCC.
  • the plasmids designated pVK-HuPRO140, pVg4-HuPRO140 (mut B+D+I) and pVg4-HuPRO140 HG2, respectively, were deposited pursuant to, and in satisfaction of, the requirements of the Budapest Treaty with the ATCC, Manassas, Va., U.S.A. 20108, on Feb. 22, 2002, under ATCC Accession Nos. PTA 4097, PTA 4099 and PTA 4098, respectively.
  • the monoclonal antibody is the humanized antibody designated PRO140 or an antibody that competes with PRO140's binding to the CCR5 receptor, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:HuPRO140-VK (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4097), and (ii) two heavy chains, each heavy chain comprising the expression product of either the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 HG2-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4098) or the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 (mut B+D+I)-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4099).
  • PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:HuPRO140-VK (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4097), and (ii) two heavy chains, each heavy chain comprising the expression product of either the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140
  • the monoclonal antibody is a humanized or human antibody that binds to the same epitope as that to which antibody PRO140 binds.
  • the monoclonal antibody is the humanized antibody designated PRO140.
  • the monoclonal antibody is the human antibody designated CCR5mAb004 (Roschke et al., 2004; HGS Press Release, 2004; 2005).
  • the portion of the antibody comprises a light chain of the antibody. In another embodiment, the portion of the antibody comprises a heavy chain of the antibody. In a further embodiment, the portion of the antibody comprises an Fab portion of the antibody. In a still further embodiment, the portion of the antibody comprises an F(ab′) 2 portion of the antibody. In an additional embodiment, the portion of the antibody comprises an Fd portion of the antibody. In another embodiment, the portion of the antibody comprises an Fv portion of the antibody. In a further embodiment, the portion of the antibody comprises a variable domain of the antibody. In a still further embodiment, the portion of the antibody comprises one or more CDR domains of the antibody. In yet another embodiment, the portion of the antibody comprises six CDR domains of the antibody.
  • the antibody is administered to the subject a plurality of times and each administration of the antibody delivers from 0.01 mg per kg body weight to 50 mg per kg body weight of the antibody to the subject. In another embodiment, each administration of the antibody delivers from 0.05 mg per kg body weight to 25 mg per kg body weight of the antibody to the subject. In a further embodiment, each administration of the antibody delivers from 0.1 mg per kg body weight to 10 mg per kg body weight of the antibody to the subject. In a still further embodiment, each administration of the antibody delivers from 0.5 mg per kg body weight to 5 mg per kg body weight of the antibody to the subject. In another embodiment, each administration of the antibody delivers from 1 mg per kg body weight to 3 mg per kg body weight of the antibody to the subject. In a preferred embodiment, each administration of the antibody delivers about 2 mg per kg body weight of the antibody to the subject.
  • the antibody is administered a plurality of times, and a first administration of the antibody is separated from the subsequent administration of the antibody by an interval of less than one week. In another embodiment, the first administration of the antibody is separated from the subsequent administration of the antibody by an interval of at least one week. In a further embodiment, the first administration of the antibody is separated from the subsequent administration of the antibody by an interval of one week. In another embodiment, the first administration of the antibody is separated from the subsequent administration of the antibody by an interval of two to four weeks. In a preferred embodiment, the first administration of the antibody is separated from the subsequent administration of the antibody by an interval of two weeks. In a further embodiment, the first administration of the antibody is separated from the subsequent administration of the antibody by an interval of four weeks. In yet another embodiment, the antibody is administered a plurality of times, and a first administration of the antibody is separated from the subsequent administration of the antibody by an interval of at least one month.
  • the antibody is administered to the subject via intravenous infusion. In a preferred embodiment, the antibody is administered to the subject via subcutaneous injection. In another embodiment, the antibody is administered to the subject via intramuscular injection.
  • the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist is a small organic molecule.
  • the CCR5 receptor antagonist is selected from the group consisting of SCH-D, UK-427,857, TAK-779, TAK-652, GW873140 and RANTES.
  • the CCR5 receptor antagonist is an agent that competes with SCH-D's binding to the CCR5 receptor.
  • the CCR5 receptor antagonist is an agent that competes with UK-427,857's binding to the CCR5 receptor.
  • the CCR5 receptor antagonist is an agent that competes with TAK-779's binding to the CCR5 receptor.
  • the CCR5 receptor antagonist is an agent that competes with TAK-652's binding to the CCR5 receptor. In a further embodiment, the CCR5 receptor antagonist is an agent that competes with GW873140's binding to the CCR5 receptor.
  • the CCR5 receptor antagonist is administered a plurality of times and each administration of the CCR5 receptor antagonist delivers from 0.5 mg to 2,500 mg of the antagonist to the subject. In another embodiment, each administration of the CCR5 receptor antagonist delivers from 5 mg to 1,250 mg of the antagonist to the subject. In yet another embodiment, each administration of the CCR5 receptor antagonist delivers from 5 mg to 15 mg of the antagonist to the subject. In a further embodiment, each administration of the CCR5 receptor antagonist delivers from 50 mg to 1,250 mg of the antagonist to the subject. In a still further embodiment, each administration of the CCR5 receptor antagonist delivers from 200 mg to 800 mg of the antagonist to the subject. In another embodiment, each administration of the CCR5 receptor antagonist delivers from 300 mg to 600 mg of the antagonist.
  • the CCR5 receptor antagonist is administered orally to the subject at least once per day. In another embodiment, the CCR5 receptor antagonist is administered orally to the subject once or twice per day. In a further embodiment, the CCR5 receptor antagonist is administered orally three or fewer times per day.
  • one embodiment of the instant methods further comprises administering to the subject at least one anti-HIV-1, anti-retroviral agent.
  • NRTI nucleoside-analog reverse transcriptase inhibitor
  • PI protease inhibitor
  • FI fusion inhibitor
  • the anti-retroviral agent is a nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI), a nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI), a protease inhibitor (PI), a fusion inhibitor, or any combination thereof.
  • NRTI nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor
  • NRTI nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor
  • PI protease inhibitor
  • fusion inhibitor or any combination thereof.
  • the at least one anti-retroviral agent is one of the agents listed in Table 4 or any combination of these agents.
  • Various anti-retroviral agents are marketed in combinations (see Table 5 for such combinations and dosing regimens) for more efficacious therapy.
  • anti-retroviral agents are administered to the subject in amounts shown in Table 5.
  • the anti-retroviral agent is a NNRTI or a PI.
  • the subject is treatment-na ⁇ ve, i.e., the subject has not previously undergone treatment with any anti-HIV-1, anti-retroviral agents.
  • the subject is treatment-experienced, i.e., the subject has undergone, and/or is undergoing, treatment with one or more anti-HIV-1, anti-retroviral agents, such as one or more agents listed in Table 4.
  • the instant methods are used in a program of combination therapy for treating HIV-1 infection, wherein an anti-CCR5 mAb and a non-antibody CCR5 antagonist are administered in combination with one or more anti-retroviral agents to a subject in need of such treatment.
  • Retrovir ® (AZT) GlaxoSmithKline Epivir ® (3TC) GlaxoSmithKline Emtriva ® (emtricitabine) Gilead Sciences Hivid ® (ddC) Hoffmann-La Roche Videx ® (ddI) Bristol-Myers Squibb Viread ® (tenofovir DF) Gilead Sciences Zerit ® (d4T) Bristol-Myers Squibb Ziagen ® (abacavir) GlaxoSmithKline Non-nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors (NNRTIs) Rescriptor ® (delavirdine) Pfizer Sustiva ® (efavirenz) Bristol-Myers Squibb Viramune ® (nevirapine) Boehringer Ingelheim Protease Inhibitors (PIs) Agenerase ® (NRTIs) Retrovir ® (AZT) GlaxoSmithKline Epivir ® (3TC) GlaxoSmithKline Emtriva
  • NRTIs Nonnucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors
  • DLV 400 4 ⁇ 100 or 2 ⁇ 200
  • Efavirenz Sustiva EFV 600 mg qd Tablet Bristol-Myers Squibb Sep. 17, 1998
  • Nevirapine Viramune, NVP 200 mg bid qd first 2 Tablet Boehringer Ingelheim Jun.
  • NRTIs Nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors
  • Abacavir Ziagen ABC 600 (2 ⁇ 300) mg qd or Tablet GlaxoSmithKline Dec. 17, 1998 300 mg bid Abacavir, Epzicom **600/300 mg qd Tablet GlaxoSmithKline Aug. 02, 2004 Lamivudine Abacavir, Trizivir **300/150/300 mg qd Tablet GlaxoSmithKline Nov. 14, 2000 Lamivudine, Zidovudine Didanosine Videx, ddI, Videx 400 mg qd ( ⁇ 60 kg) or Delayed- Bristol-Myers Squibb Oct.
  • This invention further provides a composition of matter comprising (a) a monoclonal antibody (e.g., PRO140) which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5 + CD4+ cells, and (b) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist (e.g., any of SCH-D, UK-427,857, TAK-779, TAK-652, GW873140 and RANTES).
  • a monoclonal antibody e.g., PRO140
  • a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist e.g., any of SCH-D, UK-427,857, TAK-779, TAK-652, GW873140 and RANTES.
  • the composition can further comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • This invention also provides a method for determining whether a monoclonal antibody (e.g., PRO140) which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5 + CD4+ cells, behaves synergistically with a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist with respect to inhibiting fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5 + CD4+ cells, comprising determining the presence or absence of such synergy according to the experimental methods detailed below.
  • a monoclonal antibody e.g., PRO140
  • this invention provides a kit for performing the instant methods comprising, in separate compartments and preferably in readily administrable forms, (a) a monoclonal antibody (e.g., PRO140) which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5 + CD4+ cells, and (b) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist (e.g., any of SCH-D, UK-427,857, TAK-779, TAK-652, GW873140 and RANTES).
  • the antibody and antagonist are each preferably admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • PRO140 was prepared by expression in Sp2/0 cells using Hybridoma serum-free medium supplemented with 2 mM L-glutamine (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). Bulk mAb was clarified using a 5.0 ⁇ m Depth filter (Sartorius, Goettingen, Germany) followed by passage over a 0.2 ⁇ m sterilizing grade filter (Sartorius). The mAb was purified by passage first over an affinity column (MabSelect Protein A column, Amersham, Piscataway, N.J.) and then by ion exchange chromatography (SP Sepharose Cation Exchange resin, Amersham).
  • PRO140 was nanofiltered using a ViresolveTM 10 Opticap NFP capsule (Millipore, Billerica, Mass.) followed by a 0.2 ⁇ m filter and concentrated/diafiltered over disposable TFF cartridges (Millipore). The mAb was then polished over a hydroxyapatite column (Bio-Rad, Hercules, Calif.), concentrated to 10 mg/ml in phosphate-buffered saline and stored at ⁇ 70° C. or colder prior to use.
  • RANTES was purchased from R&D Systems (Minneapolis, Minn.).
  • the anti-CCR5 mAb 2D7 was purchased from BD Biosciences (Cat. #555993), and the anti-CCR5 mAb CTC5 was purchased from R&D Systems (Cat. #FAB 1802P).
  • HIV-1 RET assay has been described in detail previously (Litwin et al., 1996). Briefly, fluorescein octadecyl ester (F18; Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.; 5 mg/ml in ethanol), was diluted 1:800 in DMEM labeling medium (DMEM; Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS; Hylone, Logan, Utah) and adjusted to an A 506 of 0.34 ⁇ 10%.
  • DMEM labeling medium DMEM; Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • Octadecyl rhodamine B chloride R18; Molecular Probes; 10 mg/ml in ethanol
  • Both dyes were further diluted 2-fold by addition to cells in T75-cm 2 flasks.
  • HeLa-Env JRFL and CEM NKR-CCR5 cells were incubated overnight in F18- and R18-containing culture medium, respectively. The following day, medium from HeLa-Env JRFL cells was removed and 10 ml of 0.5 mM EDTA was added and incubated at 37° C. for 5 min. EDTA was removed and the flask was returned to the incubator for another 5 min followed by striking of the flask to dislodge cells. Ten ml of PBS ⁇ with 15% FBS were added to the flask and the contents were transferred to a 50-ml conical centrifuge tube.
  • Suspension CEM NKR-CCR5 cells were added directly to a separate 50-ml conical centrifuge tube. Both cell lines were centrifuged at 300 ⁇ g for 5 min. The supernatant was discarded and cells were resuspended in 10 ml of PBS-/15% FBS. The centrifugation/wash step was repeated twice, after which the cells were counted and concentrations adjusted to 1.5 ⁇ 10 6 cells/ml. Ten ⁇ l of each cell type (15,000 cells) were seeded into wells of a 384-well plate. Inhibitor compounds were added immediately thereafter to bring the final well volume to 40 ⁇ l, and the plates were incubated for 4 h at 37° C.
  • Excitation wavelength Emission wavelength 1 450 nm/50 nm 530 nm/25 nm 2 530 nm/25 nm 590 nm/35 nm 3 450 nm/50 nm 590 nm/35 nm
  • % RET 100 ⁇ [( A 3 ⁇ ( A 1 ⁇ F spill ) ⁇ ( A 2 ⁇ F spill ))/ A 2 ]
  • %Inhibition 100 ⁇ [(Max% RET ⁇ % RET for sample well)/(Max% RET ⁇ Min% RET )]
  • IC 50 Fifty percent inhibition (IC 50 ) values were determined by fitting the inhibition data with a non-linear, four-parameter, variable slope equation (GraphPad Prism, 4.02; GraphPad Software, San Diego, Calif.). Upper and lower inhibition values were constrained to 100% and 0%, respectively for curve fitting.
  • PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • JRFL HIV-1 JRFL
  • PBMCs are isolated from 4 separate donors (Leukopacks) by centrifugation on a Ficoll gradient.
  • CD8 cells are depleted using RosetteSep CD8 Depletion Cocktail (#15663, StemCell Research, Vancouver, BC).
  • Cells are diluted to 4 ⁇ 10 6 /ml and added in equal parts to three T175-cm 2 flasks and then stimulated by addition of one of the following media: IL-2 Medium [RPMI 1640 (#10-040-CV, Cellgro, Herndon, Va.), 10% FBS (#35-010-CV), 2 mM L-Glutamine (#25-005-CI), 100 U/ml IL-2 (Sigma, St.
  • PHA 5 Medium [IL-2 Medium with 5 ug/ml Phytohemagglutinin PHA-P (PHA) (#IL8754, Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.), filtered]; or PHA 0.5 Medium: [IL-2 Medium with 0.5 ug/ml PHA, filtered].
  • PHA Phytohemagglutinin PHA-P
  • PHA 0.5 Medium [IL-2 Medium with 0.5 ug/ml PHA, filtered].
  • Each flask receives a total of 50-150 ml of medium. Flasks are incubated for 3 days at 37° C. followed by pooling of the contents prior to use in the infection assay.
  • Titration Medium IL-2 Medium with 100 IU/ml penicillin/streptomycin (#30-002-CI, Cellgro)] is utilized for virus titrations. Fifty ⁇ l of diluted virus is added to 100 ⁇ l of PBMCs in flat bottom, tissue-culture treated 96-well plates (VWR# 29442-054, Corning, Corning, N.Y.) and the plates are incubated at 37° C. in a humidified, 5% CO 2 incubator. After 7 days, 50 ⁇ l are removed from each well and tested for virus levels by p24 antigen ELISA (Perkin Elmer, Boston, Mass.). Virus titer is determined by the method of Reed and Muench (Table 11, see below).
  • Stimulated PBMCs are seeded into wells of 96-well flat bottom plates at a density of 1.4 ⁇ 10 5 cells/well.
  • Virus is diluted to 2,000 TCID 50 /ml and mixed with serial 0.5 log 10 dilutions of compound for 1 h at 37° C. prior to addition to the cell plates.
  • the final amount of virus added per well is 100 TCID 50 .
  • the final DMSO concentration in the assay is always 0.5% whenever small molecule inhibitors are being tested. Plates are incubated at 37° C. for 5 days, at which time an aliquot of supernatant is removed for p24 antigen ELISA. If control wells (virus without inhibitor) exhibit low p24 antigen levels then the plates are brought back to full volume with Titration medium and incubated for an additional 24 h.
  • Neutralization activity is displayed by plotting the percent inhibition of p24 antigen production (after background values are subtracted from all datapoints) versus log 10 drug concentration.
  • the percent inhibition is derived as follows [1 ⁇ (p24 levels in the presence of drug/p24 levels in the absence of drug)] ⁇ 100.
  • IC 50 values are determined by fitting the inhibition data with a non-linear, four-parameter, variable slope equation (GraphPad Prism, ver. 4.02; GraphPad Software, San Diego, Calif.). Upper and lower inhibition values are constrained to 100% and 0%, respectively for curve fitting.
  • Safety assessments consisted of monitoring the following: vital signs (blood pressure, pulse, temperature, etc; hematology (hemoglobin, hematocrit, leukocytes, platelets, etc.); serum chemistries (AST/ALT, alkaline phosphatase, BUN, creatinine, etc.); urinalysis (pH, specific gravity, protein, glucose, leukocytes, etc.); and ECGs (12-lead).
  • vital signs blood pressure, pulse, temperature, etc; hematology (hemoglobin, hematocrit, leukocytes, platelets, etc.); serum chemistries (AST/ALT, alkaline phosphatase, BUN, creatinine, etc.); urinalysis (pH, specific gravity, protein, glucose, leukocytes, etc.); and ECGs (12-lead).
  • CTC5 is an anti-CCR5 antibody that does not compete with PRO140.
  • 2D7 is an anti-CCR5 antibody that does compete with PRO140.
  • L1.2-CCR5 cells which are mouse pre-B lymphoma cells engineered to stably express human CCR5.
  • PRO 140 standard was tested in parallel at concentrations ranging from 0.062 to 4.0 ⁇ g/ml in 10% normal human serum (NHS). 10% NHS containing no PRO140 was analyzed as a negative control. Following incubation with test samples, cells were washed and combined with a FITC-labeled sheep antibody against human IgG4 (The Binding Site Limited, Cat. #AF009). Cells were washed again and analyzed by flow cytometry. The concentration of PRO140 was determined by comparing the median fluorescence intensity (MFI) of the test sample with MFI values of the standard curve.
  • MFI median fluorescence intensity
  • the assay employed the QuantikineTM Human RANTES Immunoassay Kit (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.). Briefly, platelet-poor plasma was collected in CTAD/EDTA tubes and stored at ⁇ 20° C. Test samples and RANTES standard were added to microtiter plates that were pre-coated with a mouse monoclonal antibody to RANTES. Following incubation, plates were washed and contacted with an anti-RANTES polyclonal antibody conjugated to horseradish peroxidase (HRP). Plates were washed again prior to addition of tetramethlybenzidine substrate for colorimetric detection. The Lower Limit of Quantification of the assay was 415 pg RANTES/ml plasma.
  • PRO140 is a humanized IgG4, ⁇ anti-CCR5 mAb being developed for HIV-1 therapy. This antibody has been shown to broadly and potently inhibit CCR5-mediated fusion of HIV-1 to target cells in vitro. PRO140 is also highly active in a therapeutic hu-PBL-SCID mouse model, and preliminary data are now available from a Phase 1a clinical study in healthy human subjects.
  • FIG. 1 shows that PRO140 has potent antiviral activity in vitro, neutralizing a variety of primary R5 strains with an IC90 of 3-4 ⁇ g/ml.
  • PRO140 exhibited similar antiviral activity to the murine mAb, PA14, from which PRO140 is derived.
  • the primary objective of the Phase 1a study was to evaluate the safety and tolerability of PRO140 given as a single dose in a rising dose cohort regimen in healthy male subjects.
  • the secondary objectives were (1) to gain information about the pharmacokinetics of intravenously administered PRO 140, and (2) to gain information on the effects of PRO140 on blood levels of CCR5+ cells and chemokines.
  • PK Pharmacokinetic
  • blood was collected and analyzed for CCR5 lymphocyte levels.
  • PRO140 offers a novel and attractive product profile for anti-HIV-1 therapy.
  • anti-CCR5 mAbs are fundamentally distinct from, but complementary to, those of small-molecule CCR5 antagonists (see Table 2) which are also currently undergoing human clinical trials.
  • PRO140 has recently been shown to work synergistically with non-antibody CCR5 antagonists in inhibiting CCR5-mediated HIV-1 fusion to target cells. Accordingly, combination therapy comprising administration of anti-CCR5 mAbs and non-antibody CCR5 antagonists may offer powerfully effective, new approaches to preventing and treating HIV-1 infection.
  • PRO140 was prepared by expression in Sp2/0 cells using Hybridoma serum-free medium supplemented with 2 mM L-glutamine (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). Bulk mAb was clarified using a 5.0 ⁇ m Depth filter (Sartorius, Goettingen, Germany) followed by passage over a 0.2 ⁇ m sterilizing grade filter (Sartorius). The mAb was purified by passage first over an affinity column (MabSelect Protein A column, Amersham, Piscataway, N.J.) and then by ion exchange chromatography (SP Sepharose Cation Exchange resin, Amersham).
  • PRO140 was nanofiltered using a ViresolveTM 10 Opticap NFP capsule (Millipore, Billerica, Mass.) followed by a 0.2 ⁇ m filter and concentrated/diafiltered over disposable TFF cartridges (Millipore). The mAb was then polished over a hydroxyapatite column (Bio-Rad, Hercules, Calif.), concentrated to 10 mg/ml in phosphate-buffered saline and stored at ⁇ 70° C. or colder prior to use.
  • SCH-D (Schering Plough; Tagat et al., 2004), TAK-779 (Takeda Pharmaceuticals; Shiraishi et al., 2000), UK427,857 (Pfizer; Wood and Armour, 2005), and BMS378806 (Bristol-Myers Squibb; Lin et al., 2003) were prepared by commercial sources.
  • SCH-D has the following structure:
  • SCH-D was synthesized according to the procedure described in Tagat et al. (2004) and set forth in FIG. 1 .
  • TAK-779 has the following structure:
  • TAK-779 was synthesized according to the procedure described in Shiraishi et al. (2000) and set forth in FIG. 2 .
  • TAK-652 has the following structure:
  • UK-427,857 was synthesized according to the procedure described in PCT International Publication No. WO 01/90106 and set forth in FIG. 3 .
  • BMS378806 has the following structure:
  • Nevirapine (Boehringer Ingelheim; Merluzzi et al., 1990) and atazanavir (Bristol-Myers Squibb; Robinson et al., 2000) were purchased from commercial sources.
  • PRO542 was expressed in Chinese hamster ovary cells and purified as described previously (Allaway et al., 1995).
  • T-20 (Fuzeon®) was synthesized by solid-phase fluoroenylmethoxycarbonyl chemistry, was purified by reverse-phase chromatography and was analyzed for purity and size by HPLC and mass spectroscopy as described previously (Nagashima et al., 2001).
  • AZT was purchased from Sigma Chemicals (St. Louis, Mo).
  • RANTES was purchased from R&D Systems (Minneapolis, Minn.).
  • the anti-CCR5 mAb 2D7 was purchased from Pharmingen (San Diego, Calif.), and the anti-CD4 mAb Leu-3A was purchased from Becton Dickinson (Franklin Lakes, N.J.).
  • small molecule compounds were solubilized in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) to 10 mM and then diluted in DMSO to 200 ⁇ the final concentration to be utilized in the antiviral assay.
  • Serial dilutions of small molecules were conducted in DMSO.
  • Subsequent dilutions were conducted in medium to achieve a final DMSO concentration in the assay of 0.5%.
  • Peptides and mAbs were diluted in PBS in the absence of DMSO.
  • inhibitor concentrations in the RET assay included eleven 3-fold dilutions ranging from 200 nM to 3.0 ⁇ M.
  • HeLa cells were engineered to express HIV-1 gp120/gp41 from the macrophage-tropic primary isolate JRFL as described (HeLa-Env JRFL ; Litwin et al., 1996). Briefly, the HIV-1 LAI Env gene was excised from the plasmid pMA243 (Dragic et al., 1992) and the HIV-1 JRFL Env gene was inserted. The HIV-1 JRFL Env gene was amplified from the plasmid pUCFL112-1 (Koyanagi et al., 1987).
  • the resulting plasmid designated JR-FL-pMA243, was sequenced by standard methods and transfected into HeLa cells using lipofectin (Gibco BRL/Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). HeLa-Env JRFL transfectants were selected in methotrexate (Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.) and cloned twice by limiting dilution.
  • the transduced human T cell leukemia line CEM NKR-CCR5 cells were obtained from the NIH AIDS Research and Reference Program (Cat. No. 458).
  • HIV-1 RET assay has been described in detail previously (Litwin et al., 1996). Briefly, fluorescein octadecyl ester (F18; Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.; 5 mg/ml in ethanol), was diluted 1:800 in DMEM labeling medium (DMEM; Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS; HyClone, Logan, Utah) and adjusted to an A 506 of 0.34 ⁇ 10%.
  • DMEM labeling medium DMEM
  • FBS HyClone, Logan, Utah
  • Octadecyl rhodamine B chloride R18; Molecular Probes; 10 mg/ml in ethanol
  • Both dyes were further diluted 2-fold by addition to cells in T75-cm 2 flasks.
  • HeLa-Env JRFL and CEM NKR-CCR5 cells were incubated overnight in F18- and R18-containing culture medium, respectively. The following day, medium from HeLa-Env JRFL cells was removed and 10 ml of 0.5 mM EDTA was added and incubated at 37° C. for 5 min. EDTA was removed and the flask was returned to the incubator for another 5 min followed by striking of the flask to dislodge cells. Ten ml of PBS ⁇ with 15% FBS were added to the flask and the contents were transferred to a 50-ml conical centrifuge tube.
  • Suspension CEM NKR-CCR5 cells were added directly to a separate 50-ml conical centrifuge tube. Both cell lines were centrifuged at 300 ⁇ g for 5 min. The supernatant was discarded and cells were resuspended in 10 ml of PBS ⁇ /15% FBS. The centrifugation/wash step was repeated twice, after which the cells were counted and concentrations adjusted to 1.5 ⁇ 10 6 cells/ml. Ten ⁇ l of each cell type (15,000 cells) were seeded into wells of a 384-well plate. Inhibitor compounds were added immediately thereafter to bring the final well volume to 40 ⁇ l, and the plates were incubated for 4 h at 37° C.
  • Excitation wavelength Emission wavelength 1 450 nm/50 nm 530 nm/25 nm 2 530 nm/25 nm 590 nm/35 nm 3 450 nm/50 nm 590 nm/35 nm
  • % RET 100 ⁇ [( A 3 ⁇ ( A 1 ⁇ F spill ) ⁇ ( A 2 ⁇ R spill ))/ A 2 ]
  • %Inhibition 100 ⁇ [(Max% RET ⁇ % RET for sample well)/(Max% RET ⁇ Min% RET )]
  • IC 50 Fifty percent inhibition (IC 50 ) values were determined by fitting the inhibition data with a non-linear, four-parameter, variable slope equation (GraphPad Prism, ver. 4.02; GraphPad Software, San Diego, A). Upper and lower inhibition values were constrained to 100% and 0%, respectively for curve fitting.
  • SCH-D, TAK-779, UK-427,857, and BMS378806 were prepared by commercial sources. The desired quantities and HPLC purity of the compounds were realized. Purity of the compounds was supported by results obtained from elemental analysis, and the identities of the products were confirmed by proton NMR (proton and carbon-13) and/or mass spectrum data.
  • PRO 542 a recombinant antibody-like fusion protein in which the heavy- and light-chain variable domains of human IgG2 have been replaced with the D1D2 domains of human CD4, was also tested in combination with the anti-CD4 mAb, Leu-3A. The results of these assays are shown in Table 8.
  • HIV-1 pseudoparticles are generated in 293T cells by transient coexpression of an HIV-1-based NL4/3luc+env ⁇ plasmid and a construct encoding HIV-1 JRFL Env.
  • the NL4/3luc+env ⁇ plasmid was obtained from the NIH AIDS Research and Reference Reagent Program (Cat. No. 3418), and the HIV-1 JRFL Env was inserted into the pcDNA3.1 vector (Invitrogen).
  • 293T cells are calcium phosphate transfected with a 1:1 ratio of NL4/3luc+env ⁇ reporter vector and Env expression vector in Hepes buffer (Profection Mammalian Transfection Kit, Promega).
  • the transfection medium is aspirated and fresh cell culture medium (DMEM with 10% FBS, glutamine and antibiotics) is added and the incubation is continued at 37° C. for an additional 24-32 h.
  • Cell culture supernatants are collected 48 h post-transfection and centrifuged at 1,400 rpm for 10 min to pellet cell debris. The viral supernatant is brought to a final concentration of 5% sucrose and stored aliquoted at ⁇ 80° C.
  • U87-CD4-CCR5 cells were obtained from the NIH AIDS Research and Reference Program (Cat. No. 4035). These cells are maintained in culture medium (DMEM with 10% FBS, antibiotics and glutamine) containing 0.3 mg/ml G418 and 0.5 mg/ml puromycin. Cells are grown in T175-cm 2 flasks at 37° C. and diluted 1:5 every 3-4 days. For assay plate preparation, cells are trypsinized and seeded into wells of 96-well tissue-culture treated flat bottom opaque polystyrene plates (Perkin Elmer, Boston, Mass.) at a density of 3 ⁇ 10 3 cells/well. Plates are incubated for no more than 4 h at 37° C. in a humidified 5% CO 2 incubator prior to their use in the HIV-1pp susceptibility assay.
  • DMEM fetal bovine serum
  • a vial of frozen, aliquoted HIV-1pp is thawed in a 37° C. waterbath and then placed on wet ice.
  • Virus is diluted in cold cell culture medium as necessary to achieve the desired final virus concentration in the HIV-1pp assay (about 10,000 relative light units (rlu) per well). 50 ⁇ L of diluted virus are added per well, bringing the final well volume to 200 ⁇ l.
  • a no-virus control (minimum or background luminescence) and a no-compound control (maximum luminescence) are included on each plate. The plates are incubated for 72 h at 37° C. in a humidified 5% CO 2 incubator followed by processing for luciferase signal (see below).
  • Assay medium is aspirated and 200 ⁇ l of PBS are added to each well.
  • the PBS is aspirated and 50 ⁇ l of 1 ⁇ Cell Lysis Reagent (Promega—Cat. No. E1531) are added to each well.
  • Assay plates are then frozen for at least 2 h at ⁇ 80° C. followed by thawing at room temperature and vigorous mixing with an electronic pipettor. 25 ⁇ l from each well are transferred to an opaque 96-well plate (Costar #3922). Four replicates are pooled into the same well on the opaque plate. 100 ⁇ l of freshly thawed and reconstituted luciferase substrate (Luciferase Assay System, Promega—Cat. No. E1501) are added to each well of the plate with the electronic pipettor, and luminescence is detected immediately on a Dynex MLX plate reader set to medium gain.
  • Neutralization activity is displayed by plotting the percent inhibition of luciferase activity (after background rlu values are subtracted from all datapoints) versus log 10 drug concentration. The percent inhibition is derived as follows: [1-(luciferase activity in the presence of drug/luciferase activity in the absence of drug)] ⁇ 100.
  • IC 50 values are determined by fitting the inhibition data with a non-linear, four-parameter, variable slope equation (GraphPad Prism, ver. 4.02; GraphPad Software, San Diego, Calif.). Upper and lower inhibition values are constrained to 100% and 0%, respectively for curve fitting.
  • Cooperative interactions between PRO140 and small-molecule and peptide-based inhibitors of CCR5, CD4, HIV-1 gp120, HIV-1 gp41 and HIV-1 reverse transcriptase are determined as described in Example 1. Cooperative inhibition effects of drug combinations are determined by the method of Chou and Talalay (1984). IC 50 values are generated for all combinations as described above. Combination Index (CI) and Dose Reduction (DR) values are calculated according to the following formulas:
  • PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • JRFL HIV-1 JRFL
  • PBMCs are isolated from 4 separate donors (Leukopacks) by centrifugation on a Ficoll gradient.
  • CD8 cells are depleted using RosetteSep CD8 Depletion Cocktail (#15663, StemCell Research, Vancouver, BC).
  • Cells are diluted to 4 ⁇ 10 6 /ml and added in equal parts to three T175-cm 2 flasks and then stimulated by addition of one of the following media: IL-2 Medium [RPMI 1640 (#10-040-CV, Cellgro, Herndon, Va.), 10% FBS (#35-0,0-CV), 2 mM L-Glutamine (#25-005-CI), 100 U/ml IL-2 (Sigma, St.
  • PHA 5 Medium [IL-2 Medium with 5 ug/ml Phytohemagglutinin PHA-P (PHA) (#L8754, Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.), filtered]; or PHA 0.5 Medium: [IL-2 Medium with 0.5 ug/ml PHA, filtered].
  • PHA Phytohemagglutinin PHA-P
  • PHA 0.5 Medium [IL-2 Medium with 0.5 ug/ml PHA, filtered].
  • Each flask receives a total of 50-150 ml of medium. Flasks are incubated for 3 days at 37° C. followed by pooling of the contents prior to use in the infection assay.
  • Titration Medium IL-2 Medium with 100 IU/mil penicillin/streptomycin (#30-002-CI, Cellgro)] is utilized for virus titrations. Fifty ⁇ l of diluted virus is added to 100 ⁇ l of PBMCs in flat bottom, tissue-culture treated 96-well plates (VWR# 29442-054, Corning, Corning, N.Y.) and the plates are incubated at 37° C. in a humidified, 5% CO 2 incubator. After 7 days, 50 ⁇ l are removed from each well and tested for virus levels by p24 antigen ELISA (Perkin Elmer, Boston, Mass.). Virus titer is determined by the method of Reed and Muench (Table 11).
  • Stimulated PBMCs are seeded into wells of 96-well flat bottom plates at a density of 1.4 ⁇ 10 5 cells/well.
  • Virus is diluted to 2,000 TCID 50 /ml and mixed with serial 0.5 log 10 dilutions of compound for 1 h at 37° C. prior to addition to the cell plates.
  • the final amount of virus added per well is 100 TCID 50 .
  • the final DMSO concentration in the assay is always 0.5% whenever small molecule inhibitors are being tested. Plates are incubated at 37° C. for 5 days, at which time an aliquot of supernatant is removed for p24 antigen ELISA. If control wells (virus without inhibitor) exhibit low p24 antigen levels then the plates are brought back to full volume with Titration medium and incubated for an additional 24 h.
  • Neutralization activity is displayed by plotting the percent inhibition of p24 antigen production (after background values are subtracted from all datapoints) versus log 10 drug concentration.
  • the percent inhibition is derived as follows [1 ⁇ (p24 levels in the presence of drug/p24 levels in the absence of drug)] ⁇ 100.
  • IC 50 values are determined by fitting the inhibition data with a non-linear, four-parameter, variable slope equation (GraphPad Prism, ver. 4.02; GraphPad Software, San Diego, Calif.). Upper and lower inhibition values are constrained to 100% and 0%, respectively for curve fitting.
  • Cooperative interactions between PRO140 and small-molecule and peptide-based inhibitors of CCR5, CD4, HIV-1 gp120, HIV-1 gp41, HIV-1 reverse transcriptase and HIV-1 protease are determined as described for Example 1. Cooperative inhibition effects of drug combinations are determined by the method of Chou and Talalay (1984). IC 50 values are generated for all combinations as described above. Combination Index (CI) and Dose Reduction (DR) values are calculated according to the following formulas:
  • PRO140 is a CCR5-specific mAb being developed for HIV-1 therapy. It is a humanized IgG4, ⁇ version (see PCT International Publication No. WO 03/072766, published Sep. 4, 2003) of the murine antibody, PA14 (Olson et al., 1999; PCT International Publication No. WO 00/35409, published Jun. 20, 2000), which binds to the CCR5 receptor on the surface of a cell and inhibits CCR5-mediated fusion of HIV-1 to the cell.
  • the studies described herein concern the testing of the antiviral activity of PRO140 in combination with small-molecule and peptide inhibitors of HIV-1 infection. Data generated from this testing were analyzed for potential cooperative effects on inhibition of HIV-1 infection.
  • RET fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • F18 When F18 is excited at its optimum wavelength (450 nm), it emits light at a wavelength (530 nm) that will excite R18 when the two dyes are co-localized in the same membrane, resulting in R18-specific emission at 590 nm.
  • Drug susceptibility is measured by adding serial concentrations of drugs to target cells prior to addition of effector cells. Inhibition of HIV-1 Env-mediated fusion is reflected in a reduction in fluorescence emission due to R18 in a dose-dependent manner, providing a quantitative measure of drug activity.
  • 2D7 was found to act synergistically with these CCR5 antagonists and with RANTES (Table 10).
  • CI values between 2D7 and these CCR5 antagonists ranged from 0.15 ⁇ 0.03 to 0.62 ⁇ 0.04.
  • the effect of 2D7 on the compound in combination ranged from about 2- to about 12-fold (Table 10).
  • An alternative approach for examining synergistic interactions utilizes a virus-cell fusion assay as described previously (Nagashima et al., 2001; Trkola et al., 1998).
  • an HIV genomic vector pNLluc + Env ⁇
  • Recombinant pseudotyped virus particles are used to infect U87 cells expressing CD4 and CCR5 (U87-CD4-CCR5). Production of luciferase in target cells is dependent on virus entry and the completion of one round of virus replication.
  • Drug susceptibility is measured by adding serial concentrations of drugs to target cells prior to addition of pseudotyped virus particles.
  • HIV-1 reverse transcriptase RT
  • NRTIs nucleotide/nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors
  • NRTIs non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors
  • Small-Molecule CCR5 antagonists Small-Molecule CCR5 antagonist Reference 1,3,4-trisubstituted pyrrolidines Kim et al., 2005 Modified 4-piperidinyl-2-phenyl-1-(phenylsulfonylamino)- Shah et al., 2005 butanes Anibamine.
  • a third approach for examining antiviral synergy utilizes a whole virus assay. Cooperativity between all classes of inhibitor molecules can be examined in this assay format.
  • PRO140 broadly and potently inhibited CCR5-mediated HIV-1 entry without CCR5 antagonism or other immunologic side effects in preclinical testing. More recently, PRO140 has demonstrated favorable tolerability, PK and immunologic profiles in preliminary results from an ongoing Phase 1a study in healthy volunteers. Thus, in many respects, PRO140 offers a novel and attractive product profile for anti-HIV-1 therapy. Moreover, the activities of anti-CCR5 mabs are fundamentally distinct from, but complementary to, those of small-molecule CCR5 antagonists (see Table 2).
  • anti-CCR5 mAbs other than PRO140 including, but not limited to, mAb CCR5 mAb004 (Roschke et al., 2004), as well as non-antibody CCR5 antagonists other than SCH-D, TAK-779, UK-427,857 and RANTES.
  • these antibodies likely produce synergistic effects in combination with GW873140 (Lalezari et al., 2004), TAK-652 (Baba et al., 2005), and at least certain of the small-molecule CCR5 antagonists listed in Table 12.
  • combination therapy comprising administration of anti-CCR5 mAbs and non-antibody CCR5 antagonists may offer powerfully effective, new approaches to preventing and treating HIV-1 infection. It is expected that such therapy will result in more potent and more durable ant-HIV-1 treatments. Additionally, the synergistic effects described herein may enable a reduction in dosages of drugs administered to a subject as well as a reduction in dosing frequency.
  • the loading regimen which can, for example, be more dose-intensive than the maintenance regimen, can, for example, have the following characteristics:
  • Number of doses 1 or more (up to about 5 doses).
  • Dose level About 25%, 50%, 75%, 100%, 150% or 200% greater than the maintenance dose regimen.
  • Dose frequency About 1.5 ⁇ , 2 ⁇ , 3 ⁇ or 4 ⁇ more frequently than the maintenance dose regimen.
  • the loading dose regimen could comprise weekly 2 mg/kg doses.
  • the loading dose regimen could comprise a single 4 mg/kg dose or multiple 4 mg/kg doses at weekly or biweekly intervals.
  • the loading dose regimen can be designed, for example, so as to accelerate the achievement of a pharmacokinetic steady state in the subject, as defined by uniform peak and trough blood concentrations of drug between doses.
  • a preferred loading dose regimen can be determined by routine experimentation wherein the drug is administered to the subject by differing loading and maintenance regimens, and blood levels of drug are measured.
  • PRO 140 is administered according to a fixed-dose regimen such as, for example, 75 mg, 150 mg, 300 mg and 600 mg per administration.
  • PRO 140 was expressed in mammalian cells and purified by protein A, ion exchange and hydroxyapatite chromatographies. UK-427,857 (Dorr et al. 2005), SCH-D (Tagat et al. 2004), TAK-779 (Baba et al. 1999), enfuvirtide (T-20 (Wild et al. 1992); BMS-378806 (Lin et al. 2003)) and PRO 542 (CD4-IgG2, (Allaway et al. 1995)) were prepared according to published methods.
  • Zidovudine (azidothylnidine, AZT), RANTES, the CCR5 mAb 2D7 and the CD4 mAb Leu-3A were purchased from Sigma Chemicals (St. Louis, Mo.), R&D Systems (Minneapolis, Minn.), Pharmingen (San Diego, Calif.), and Becton Dickinson (Franklin Lakes, N.J.), respectively.
  • UK-427,857 and SCH-D were radiolabeled with tritium by GE Healthcare (Piscataway, N.J.), and PRO140 was conjugated to phycoerythrin (PE) by Southern Biotech, Inc. (Birmingham, Ala.).
  • HIV-1 envelope-mediated membrane fusion was examined using a fluorescence resonance energy transfer (RET) assay (Litwin et al. 1996) with modifications. Briefly, HeLa cells that stably express HIV-1 JR-FL gp120/gp41 (Litwin et al. 1996) and CEM.NKR-CCR5 cells (NIH AIDS Research and Reference Reagent Program, (Spenlehauer et al. 2001; Trkola et al. 1999)) were labeled separately overnight with fluorescein octadecyl ester (F18; Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.) and rhodamine octadecyl ester (R18; Molecular Probes), respectively.
  • RET fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • PBSF fetal bovine serum
  • Inhibitors were added, and the plates were incubated in PBSF plus 0.5% dimethlysulfoxide (DMSO) for 4 h at 37° C. prior to measurement of RET using a Victor 2 plate reader (Perkin-Elmer, Boston, Mass.) as previously described (Litwin et al. 1996).
  • DMSO dimethlysulfoxide
  • the CD4 mAb Leu3a was used as a control inhibitor, and percent inhibition was calculated as: (RET in the absence of inhibitor —RET in the presence of inhibitor)/(RET in the absence of inhibitor —RET in the presence of Leu3a) ⁇ 100.
  • a self-inactivating (SIN) vector was derived from the pNLA-3 ⁇ Env-luciferase vector (Dragic et al. 1996) by deleting 507 basepairs in the U3 region of the 3′ long terminal repeat (LTR) so as to remove the TATA box and transcription factor binding sites.
  • the human cytomegalovirus promoter was inserted upstream of the luciferase (luc) gene to enable expression of luciferase following integration.
  • Reporter viruses pseudotyped with HIR-1 JR-FL or HIV-1 SF162 envelopes were generated by cotransfection of 293T cells with the SIN vector and the appropriate pcDNA env-expressing vector as previously described (Dragic et al. 1996).
  • U87-CD4-CCR5 cells (8,000/well; NIH AIDS Research and Reference Reagent Program) were infected with 125-375 pg of HIV-1 pseudoviruses in 384-well plates in the presence or absence of inhibitor(s). Cultures were incubated for 72 h at 37° C. in DMEM containing 10% fetal bovine serum, 1 mg/mL puromycin, 0.3 mg/mL geneticin, antibiotics, and 0.5% DMSO.
  • Luciferase activity was measured using BrightGlo reagent (Promega, Madison, Wis.) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Percent inhibition was calculated as: (1-RLU in the presence of inhibitor/RLU in the absence of inhibitor) ⁇ 100. IC50 and IC90 were used to denote the respective concentrations required for 50% and 90% inhibition of HIV-1.
  • CI values for 50% (CI50) and 90% (CI90) inhibition were calculated as previously described (Chou et al. 1991; Chou et al. 1984).
  • the mutually exclusive CI formula was used for combinations of CCR5 inhibitors, while the mutually non-exclusive formula was utilized for combinations of inhibitors to distinct targets (Chou et al. 1991).
  • CEM.NKR-CCR5 cells were suspended in phosphate-buffered saline with 0.1% sodium azide (PBSA) and incubated with varying concentrations of unlabeled CCR5 antagonists at ambient temperature for 30 minutes. Azide was added to block CCR5 internalization during the assay. Cells were washed in PBSA and incubated with 5 nM PRO140-PE for an additional 30 minutes prior to washing and analysis by flow cytometry using a FACSCalibur instrument (Becton Dickinson). The extent of PRO140-PE binding was measured in terms of both the mean fluorescence intensity (MF) and the percent of cells gated for positive staining.
  • MF mean fluorescence intensity
  • CEM.NKR-CCR5 cells were pre-incubated with unlabeled CCR5 inhibitors as described above prior to addition of 2 nM 3 H-UK-427,857 for an additional 30 minutes.
  • the cells were washed in PBSA and lysed with 0.5N HCl prior to scintillation counting using a Wallac1410 instrument.
  • An additional study reversed the order of addition in order to examine the stability of UK-427,857 binding over the course of the assay.
  • Cells were pre-incubated with 2 nM 3 H-UK-427,857 for 30 min prior to washing, addition of unlabeled inhibitors, and processing as described above.
  • EC50 and EC90 were used to denote the concentrations of unlabeled compound required to inhibit binding of labeled compound by 50% and 90%, respectively.
  • PRO140 and UK-427,857 were used individually and together to inhibit HIV-1 JR-FL envelope-mediated membrane fusion in the RET cell-cell fusion assay, and representative dose-response curves for the individual agents and combination are illustrated in FIG. 15A . Although both PRO140 and UK-427,857 individually blocked HIV-1 fusion at low nanomolar potency, the combination was markedly more potent. In this assay, 50% inhibition was obtained using 2.9 nM PRO140 alone, 5.0 nM UK-427,857 used alone, or 2.1 nM of the combination (1.05 nM PRO140 plus 1.05 nM UK-427,857). This supra-additive effect is indicative of antiviral synergy between the two agents.
  • PRO140 was also tested in combination with the gp41 fusion inhibitor enfuvirtide and with the gp120 attachment inhibitors PRO542 and BMS-378806 (Table 13). CI values ranged from 0.84 to 1.28, and none of these combinations demonstrated synergy that met the criteria for statistical significance. For the PRO 140/BMS-378806 combination, modest antagonism was observed at 50% but not 90% inhibition. The biological significance of this result is unclear.
  • Single-cycle HIV-1 reporter viruses were used to examine whether the synergistic effects were limited to cell-cell fusion or whether they extended to other modes of HIV-1 entry. Signals in this assay require both viral entry and reverse transcription, so that both NRTI and NNRTI may be included in the analyses.
  • Each combination was tested against reporter viruses pseudotyped with envelopes from HIV-1 JR-FL and HIV-1 SF162 in at least 4 independent assays per virus.
  • a PRO140/PRO140 mock combination was again included as an assay control, and demonstrated additive effects against both HIV-1 JR-FL and HIV-1 SF162 pseudoviruses, as expected (Table 14).
  • PRO140 potently synergized with both UK-427,857 and SCH-D in blocking virus-cell fusion, and the results met the criteria for statistical significance. Comparable levels of synergy were observed against both HIV-1 JR-FL and HIV-1 SF162 pseudoviruses at 50% and 90% inhibition (Table 14), with CI values ranging from 0.18 to 0.64. These synergies translated into dose reductions ranging to 14-fold. These results are in good agreement with those obtained in the cell-cell fusion assay (Table 13). Neither TAK-779 nor RANTES mediated consistent, high-level inhibition of HIV-1 pseudovirus entry, and therefore these compounds were not included in this analysis (data not shown).
  • PRO140 also blocked 3 H-UK-427,857 binding to background levels ( FIG. 17A ), and this result contrasts with the modest inhibition of PRO140-PE binding by UK-427,857 ( FIG. 16 ).
  • PRO140 inhibited 3 H-UK427,857 binding with an EC50 of 14 nM, which is 5-10 fold higher than the antiviral IC50 of PRO140 (Tables 13 and 14).
  • this degree of synergy provides a corresponding increase in antiviral pressure at a given concentration of drugs, thereby improving viral suppression and potentially delaying the emergence of drug-resistant virus.
  • This is supported by preliminary studies indicating the mAb and small-molecule CCR5 inhibitors possess complementary patterns of viral resistance (Kuhmann et al. 2004 and Marozsan et al. 2005).
  • the present findings provide a rationale for clinical exploration of regimens that combine mAb and small-molecule CCR5 inhibitors.
  • synergy between anti-HIV-1 drugs may stem from a variety of mechanisms.
  • one compound may inhibit virus resistant to a second compound (Johnson et al. 1991), and NRTI/NNRTI combinations may overcome specific RT-mediated resistance mechanisms (Basavapattruni et al. 2004; Borkow et al. 1999).
  • Metabolic interactions between inhibitors may increase their effective intracellular drug concentrations (Molla et al. 2002), and synergistic entry inhibitors may disrupt interdependent steps in the entry cascade (Nagashima et al. 2001; Tremblay et al. 2000).
  • the present findings indicate that antiviral synergy between mAb and small-molecule CCR5 inhibitors may occur at the level of the receptor.
  • mAbs and small molecules bind distinct loci on CCR5 (Dragic et al. 2000; Nishikawa et al. 2005; Tsamis et al. 2003; Olson et al. 1999; Watson et al. 2005).
  • PRO140 completely blocked subsequent binding of UK-427,857 to the receptor; although the PRO140 concentrations were higher than those needed to block HIV-1 entry into the same cells.
  • PRO140 is capable of forming a ternary complex with UK-427,857-bound CCR5, and this ternary complex provides an increased barrier to HIV-1 entry.
  • PRO140 may bind UK-427,857-bound CCR5 somewhat less efficiently than free CCR5, as evidenced by the modest reduction in PRO140 binding in the presence of UK-427,857.
  • the combination index method is widely used to assess drug-drug interactions.
  • cooperativity often is defined on the basis of empirical CI values (e.g., ⁇ 0.9 for synergy and >1.1 for antagonism) irrespective of inter-assay variability.
  • Statistical analyses are performed infrequently, and even more rarely are adjustments made for multiple comparisons. In the absence of such analyses, there is increased potential to overestimate the number of synergistic combinations.
  • mAb and small-molecule CCR5 antagonists represent distinct subclasses of CCR5 inhibitors, and a number of important parallels can be drawn between NRTI and NNRTI on the one hand and between mAb and small-molecule CCR5 antagonists on the other. In each instance, there are distinct binding loci for the inhibitors on the target protein (reverse transcriptase or CCR5).
  • One set of inhibitors (NNRTI or small-molecule CCR5 antagonists) acts via allosteric mechanisms, while the other set (NRTI or CCR5 mAbs) acts as a competitive inhibitor.
  • NRTI and NNRTI Like NRTI and NNRTI, mAb and small-molecule CCR5 inhibitors are synergistic and possess complementary patterns of viral resistance in vitro in preliminary testing (Kuhmann et al. 2004; Marozsan et al. 2005). NRTI and NNRTI represent important and distinct treatment classes even though they target the same protein, and mAb and small-molecule CCR5 inhibitors similarly may offer distinct HIV-1 treatment modalities.
  • PRO140 and small-molecule CCR5 antagonists were prepared and/or obtained as described herein above.
  • the primary R5HIV-1 isolates JR-FL and Case C 1/85 (CC1/85) were passaged weekly in vitro on peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCC) in the presence or absence of progressively increasing concentrations of PRO 140 or SCH-D, and viral cultures were examined for susceptibility to these and other CCR5 inhibitors.
  • PBMCC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • viruses were cultured in vitro on stimulated PBMC. In the presence and absence of serially diluted drug, and the extent of viral replication was determined by p24 ELISA.
  • PRO 140 escape mutants continue to require CCR5 for entry and remain susceptible to small-molecule CCR5 antagonists.
  • PRO 140 is active against viruses resistant to small-molecule CCR5 antagonists.

Abstract

This method provides a method for reducing HIV-1 viral load in an HIV-1-infected human subject which comprises administering to the subject at a predefined interval effective HIV-1 viral load-reducing doses of (a) a humanized antibody designated PRO 140, or of (b) an anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody. This invention also provides a method for inhibiting in a human subject the onset or progression of an HIV-1-associated disorder, the inhibition of which is effected by inhibiting fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5+CD4+ target cells in the subject. This invention also provides a method for treating a subject infected with HIV-1 comprising administering to the subject (a) a monoclonal antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of the subject's CD4+ cells and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to the subject's CCR5+CD4+ cells, and (b) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist, in amounts effective to treat the subject.

Description

  • This application claims benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/702,064, filed Jul. 22, 2005; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/701,889, filed Jul. 23, 2005; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/711,528, filed Aug. 26, 2005; and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/715,619, filed Sep. 9, 2005; the contents of each of which in its entirety is hereby incorporated by reference into this application.
  • This invention was made with support under United States Government Grant Nos. AI046871 and AI066329 from the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases. Accordingly, the United States Government has certain rights in the subject invention.
  • Throughout this application, various publications are referenced in parentheses by author name and date, or by a patent or patent publication number. Full citations for these publications may be found at the end of the specification immediately preceding the claims. The disclosures of each of these publications in its entirety are hereby incorporated by reference into this application in order to more fully describe the state of the art as known to those skilled therein as of the date of this application.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Infection of cells by human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1) is mediated by the viral envelope (Env) glycoproteins gp120 and gp41, which are expressed as a noncovalent, oligomeric complex on the surface of virus and virally infected cells. Entry of the virus into target cells proceeds through a cascade of events at the cell surface that include (1) binding of the viral surface glycoprotein gp120 to a cell surface receptor, (2) Env binding to fusion coreceptors, and (3) multiple conformational changes in gp41.
  • The first high-affinity interaction between the virion and the cell surface is the binding of gp120 to cell surface CD4, which is the primary receptor for HIV-1 (Dalgleish et al.; 1984; Klatzmann et al., 1984; Maddon et al., 1986; McDougal et al., 1986). This binding induces conformational changes in gp120, which enable it to interact with one of several chemokine receptors (Berger, 1997; Bieniasz et al., 1998; Dragic et al., 1997; Littman, 1998). The CC-chemokine receptor 5 (CCR5) is the major co-receptor for macrophage-tropic (R5) strains, and plays a crucial role in the transmission of HIV-1 (Berger, 1997; Bieniasz et al., 1998; Dragic et al., 1997; Littman, 1998). T cell line-tropic (X4) viruses use CXCR4 to enter target cells, and usually, but not always, emerge late in disease progression or as a consequence of virus propagation in tissue culture. Some primary HIV-1 isolates are dual-tropic (R5×4) since they can use both co-receptors, though not always with the same efficiency (Connor et al., 1997; Simmons et al., 1996). Binding of gp120 to a chemokine receptor in turn triggers conformational changes in the viral transmembrane glycoprotein gp41, which mediates fusion of the viral and cellular membranes.
  • Each stage of this multi-step process can be blocked with inhibitors of the appropriate viral or cellular protein, and the inhibitors of gp120, gp41, CD4 and coreceptor are collectively known as entry inhibitors. Entry inhibitors represent at least 4 distinct classes of agents based on their molecular targets and determinants of viral resistance (Olson and Maddon, 2003). Table 1 lists HIV-1 entry inhibitors known to be in clinical development or approved for clinical use.
  • PRO542 is a tetravalent, third-generation CD4-IgG2 fusion protein comprising the D1D2 domains of CD4 genetically fused to the heavy and light chain constant regions of human IgG2 (Allaway et al., 1995; Zhu et al., 2001). This agent binds the HIV-1 envelope glycoprotein gp120 with nanomolar affinity and may inhibit virus attachment both by receptor blockade and by detaching gp120 from the virion surface, thereby irreversibly inactivating the virus.
  • TABLE 1
    HIV-1 entry inhibitors
    Compound Molecular Class Target Stage of Entry Developer
    PRO542 CD4-Ig Fusion Protein gp120 Attachment Progenies
    BMS-488043 Small Molecule gp120 Attachment Bristol-Myers Squibb
    TNX-355 Humanized antibody CD4 Post-Attachment Tanox
    PRO 140 Humanized antibody CCR5 Coreceptor Progenics
    CCR5mAb004 Human antibody CCR5 Coreceptor Human Genome
    Sciences
    SCH-D Small Molecule CCR5 Coreceptor Schering-Plough
    (vicriviroc)
    UK-427, 857 Small Molecule CCR5 Coreceptor Pfizer
    (maraviroc)
    GW873140 Small Molecule CCR5 Coreceptor GlaxoSmithKline
    TAK-652 Small Molecule CCR5 Coreceptor Takeda
    AMD070 Small Molecule CXCR4 Coreceptor AnorMed
    T- Peptide gp41 gp41 Fusion Trimeris/Roche
    20(enfuvirtide)
  • BMS-488043 is an optimized analog of BMS-378806 (see PCT International Publication Nos. WO 01/62255 A1 and WO 03/082289 A1), which has been variously reported to block gp120 attachment to CD4 (Lin et al., 2002; 2003) and post-attachment events (Si et al., 2004).
  • TNX-355 is a humanized IgG4 version of the anti-CD4 monoclonal antibody (mAb) 5A8, which blocks fusion events that occur post-attachment of gp120 to CD4 (Burkly et al., 1992; Moore et al., 1992).
  • PRO140, a humanized anti-CCR5 mAb, and the small-molecule CCR5 antagonists, SCH-D (also now designated SCH 417670 or vicriviroc), UK-427,857 (also designated maraviroc) and GW873140, are discussed below.
  • CCR5mAb004 is a fully human mAb, generated using the Abgenix XenoMouse® technology, that specifically recognizes and binds to CCR5 (Roschke et al., 2004). CCR5mAb004 has been reported to inhibit CCR5-dependent entry of HIV-1 viruses into human cells, and recently entered Phase 1 clinical trials (HGS Press Release, 2005).
  • The first small-molecule anti-CCR5 antagonist identified as capable of inhibiting HIV-I infection was TAK-779 (Baba et al., 1999). However, TAK-779 exhibited poor oral bioavailability (Baba et al., 2005) and local injection site irritation (Iizawa et al., 2003), and has been replaced in clinical development by a TAK-779 derivative, TAK-652 (Baba et al., 2005). TAK-652 is an orally bioavailable CCR5 antagonist with potent anti-HIV-1 activity in the nanomolar range in vitro and promising pharmacological profiles in vivo (Baba et al., 2005).
  • AMD070 is a second-generation CXCR4 inhibitor; the first-generation CXCR4 inhibitor AMD3100 did not demonstrate a favorable safety window for HIV-1 therapy (Schols et al., 2002).
  • Finally, T-20 was approved for salvage therapy of HIV-1 infection following favorable antiviral and safety profiles in each of two pivotal Phase 3 studies (Lalezari et al., 2003; Lazzarin et al., 2003).
  • CCR5 as a Target for Anti-HIV-1 Therapy
  • As first demonstrated in 1986, HIV-1 binds to target cells via the CD4 receptor but requires additional host cell factors to mediate entry (Maddon et al., 1986). Over the next decade, a number of candidate coreceptors were proposed, but none reproducibly mediated viral entry when coexpressed with CD4 in otherwise nonpermissive cells. However, in 1996, certain chemokine receptors, mainly CCR5 and CXCR4, were shown to serve as requisite fusion coreceptors for HIV-1.
  • Cocchi et al. (1995) provided the first link between HIV-1 and chemokines, which are small (˜8 kDa) homologous soluble proteins. Chemokines mediate the recruitment and activation of immune cells. They are classified as CC-, CXC-, CX3C- and XC-chemokines based on the number and sequential relationship of the first two of four conserved cysteine residues; most are either CC- or CXC-chemokines. The CC-chemokines RANTES, MIP-1α and MIP-1β, were shown to block replication of primary macrophage-tropic strains of HIV-1 (Cocchi et al., 1995). Using expression cloning techniques, Feng et al. (1996) discovered that the chemokine receptor fusin (later renamed CXCR4) was a fusion coreceptor for strains of HIV-1 adapted to growth on T cell lines. Shortly thereafter, several groups reported the cloning of CCR5, a CC chemokine receptor with specificity for RANTES, MIP-1α and MIP-1β (Combadiere et al., 1996; Raport et al., 1996; Samson et al., 1997), and others then demonstrated that CCR5 was the main entry cofactor used by primary macrophage-tropic HIV-1 isolates (Alkhatib et al., 1996; Choe et al., 1996; Deng et al., 1996; Doranz et al., 1996; Dragic et al., 1996). The patterns of CCR5 and CXCR4 expression helped solve long-standing riddles concerning the tropism of different strains of HIV-1. Macrophage-tropic, T-cell-line-tropic and dual-tropic viruses could be more descriptively classified as being R5, X4 and R5X4 viruses based on their abilities to utilize CCR5, CXCR4 or both receptors, respectively, for entry.
  • A variety of other chemokine receptors can function as HIV-1 coreceptors when over-expressed in vitro. The list includes CCR8, Apj, V28, US28, CCR2b, CCR3, gprl, Bonzo (STRL33, TYMSTR), and BOB (gprl5). Clearly, proteins belonging to the chemokine receptor family have biochemical properties that promote HIV-1 membrane fusion. However, most of the above-mentioned coreceptors are not very efficient, are not normally coexpressed with CD4, and function only with certain strains of HIV-1, HIV-2 or SIV. The in vivo relevance of these alternative coreceptors has not been established.
  • Several factors make CCR5 an attractive target for new antiretroviral therapies. CCR5 plays a central role in HIV-1 transmission and pathogenesis, and naturally-occurring mutations in CCR5 confer protection from HIV-1 infection and disease progression. The most notable CCR5 polymorphism involves a 32 bp deletion in the coding region of CCR5 (A32) (Liu et al., 1996). The A32 allele encodes a nonfunctional receptor that fails to reach the cell surface. Individuals who possess one normal and one mutant CCR5 gene express lower levels of CCR5, and their T cells are less susceptible to R5 virus infection in vitro (Liu et al., 1996; Wu et al., 1997). A32 heterozygotes experience a milder course of disease characterized by reduced viral burdens and delayed progression to AIDS (Huang et al., 1996; Michael et al., 1997). These results support the concept that reducing CCR5 availability can lower viral replication and slow disease progression.
  • Individuals with two mutant CCR5 genes comprise a significant fraction of people of northern European descent; the demography is suggestive of a prior pandemic of a CCR5-using pathogen. Such individuals represent human CCR5 “knockouts” in that they do not express a functional CCR5 protein. Except in rare instances (Balotta et al., 1997; Biti et al., 1997; O'Brien et al., 1997), these individuals are resistant to HIV-1 infection (Huang et al., 1996; Liu et al., 1996; Michael et al., 1997; Samson et al., 1997), and their T cells cannot be infected with R5 viruses in vitro (Liu et al., 1996). These findings underscore the central role of CCR5 in HIV-1 transmission. In fact, it is now known that R5 viruses mediate transmission in nearly all cases and mediate progression to AIDS in most cases.
  • Importantly, individuals who lack CCR5 enjoy normal health and display no obvious immunologic or other defects. This may reflect the redundancy of chemokine signaling pathways and the rather limited pattern of expression of CCR5. CCR5 expression is largely confined to activated T cells and macrophages, which represent the primary targets for HIV-1 infection in vivo, although low-level CCR5 expression has been reported on other tissues, such as smooth muscle (Schecter et al., 2000).
  • CCR5 knockout mice have been generated and provide further insight into the effects of abrogating CCR5 function. CCR5 knockout mice develop normally and are ostensibly healthy, although minor alterations in immune responses can be observed upon challenge with particular pathogens (Huffnagle et al., 1999; Schuh et al., 2002; Tran et al., 2000; Zhou et al., 1998). In contrast, the CXCR4 knockout is a lethal phenotype in mice (Lapidot et al., 2001), and has not been observed in humans.
  • Taken together, these genetic analyses strongly support a new therapeutic approach based on CCR5 as a drug target. The error-prone nature of reverse transcriptase generates immense genetic diversity that fosters the development of drug-resistant isolates, and HIV-1's ability to utilize multiple fusion coreceptors provides one path to resistance. Drug-resistant viruses have been isolated for all marketed antiretrovirals, which nevertheless provide important therapeutic benefit when used in appropriate combinations. Thus, despite the potential emergence of drug-resistant viruses, CCR5-targeting agents may serve as a new treatment paradigm for HIV-1 infection.
  • Although the apparent non-essential nature of CCR5 suggests that CCR5 antagonists may be well tolerated in vivo, further studies are required to determine that long-term effects of abrogating CCR5 function in individuals whose immune systems developed in its presence. Such potentially deleterious effects may be mitigated by use of agents that bind to CCR5 and inhibit binding of HIV-1 thereto, but do not impair normal CCR5 function. One agent demonstrated to have such properties is the humanized anti-CCR5 mAb, PRO140, which effectively blocks HIV-1 replication at concentrations that do not inhibit the physiologic activity of CCR5 (Olson et al., 1999). PRO140 was identified using a fluorescence resonance energy transfer (RET) assay screen for anti-HIV activity. It is potently antiviral, having an IC90 of about 4 μg/ml (Olson et al., 1999; Trkola et al., 2001) and protects diverse primary target cell types (Ketas et al., 2003; Olson and Maddon, 2003). Repeated administration of PRO140 led to prolonged control of HIV-1 replication without viral escape in the hu-PBL SCID mouse model, and PRO140 is currently in Phase 1 human clinical trials.
  • Subsequent to the identification of the small-molecule CCR5 antagonist, TAK-779 (Baba et al., 1999), several other small-molecule CCR5 antagonists have been identified. Four of these (SCH-C, SCH-D, UK-427,857, GW873140) have completed similarly designed Phase 1 studies in HIV-infected individuals (Reynes et al., 2002; Schurmann et al., 2004; Dorr et al., 2003; Lalezari et al., 2004). Each of these agents mediated dose-dependent ˜1 log10 mean reductions in HIV-1 RNA levels during the treatment period of 10-14 days. As expected, viral loads rebounded to baseline levels following cessation of therapy. The most common drug-related side-effects were neurologic (headache, dizziness) and gastrointestinal (nausea, diarrhea, flatulence), and these were not dose limiting. With the exception of SCH-C (Reyes et al., 2001), none of the above-identified agents induced clinically significant changes in QTc intervals.
  • A double-blind, placebo-controlled, single oral dose study has also been conducted to evaluate the safety, tolerability, and pharmacokinetics of TAK-652, the successor compound to TAK-779, in healthy male volunteers (Baba et al., 2005). The single administration of TAK-652 solution was reportedly safe and well tolerated (Baba et al., 2005).
  • Overall, these studies provide preliminary validation of CCR5 as a target for HIV-1 therapy. While the small-molecule CCR5 antagonists represent patentably distinct chemical series with differing pharmacokinetic and metabolic properties, the compounds share many properties in their inhibition of CCR5 function, binding site on CCR5, resistance profiles, and dosing regimen. These similarities may conceivably limit the number of genuine treatment options afforded by small-molecule CCR5 antagonists. Moreover, it remains to be determined whether there are untoward consequences of chronic blockade of CCR5 function, and the utility of small-molecule CCR5 antagonists for HIV-1 therapy remains to be established by demonstration of appropriate safety and efficacy in Phase 3 clinical studies.
  • Monoclonal Antibody Therapeutics
  • In recent years, mAb products have provided new standards of care in diverse disease settings. Currently, 18 mAbs are approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for indications including cancer, autoimmune disease, transplant rejection and viral infection. Notably, 14 mAbs have been approved since 2000. In many instances, mAbs provide safety, efficacy and ease-of-use profiles that are unrivalled by small-molecule compounds. Examples include Synagis (MedImmune, Inc., Gaithersburg, Md.), a humanized mAb to respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), and Rituxan (Genentech, San Francisco, Calif.), an anti-CD20 mAb that provides the standard of care for non-Hodgkin's lymphoma.
  • The humanized anti-CCR5 mAb, PRO140, is structurally, functionally and mechanistically distinct from the small-molecule CCR5 antagonists and therefore represents a unique CCR5 inhibitor class. PRO140 is a humanized version of the murine mAb, PA14, which was generated against CD4+CCR5+ cells (Olson et al., 1999). PRO140 binds to CCR5 expressed on the surface of a cell, and potently inhibits HIV-1 entry and replication at concentrations that do not affect CCR5 chemokine receptor activity in vitro and in the hu-PBL-SCID mouse model of HIV-1 infection (Olson et al., 1999; Trkola et al., 2001). The latter finding provides in vivo proof-of-concept for PRO140 anti-HIV-1 therapy, and PRO140 is currently undergoing Phase 1a clinical studies.
  • Important differences between PRO140 and small-molecule CCR5 antagonists are summarized in Table 2. It is evident from Table 2 that, whereas small-molecule CCR5 antagonists in development share many properties, PRO140 is clearly distinct from these small-molecule inhibitors. The differences between the two CCR5 inhibitor classes reveal that PRO140 may offer a fundamentally distinct, and in many ways complementary, product profile from that of small-molecule CCR5 antagonists. Indeed, PRO140 represents a novel therapeutic approach to treating HIV-1 infection and could play an important role in HIV-1 therapy irrespective of whether small-molecule CCR5 antagonists are ultimately clinically approved.
  • Synergistic Inhibition of HIV-1 Infection by Different Classes of Inhibitors
  • Synergistic inhibition of HIV-1 entry has previously been demonstrated using certain anti-Env antibodies in combination with other anti-Env antibodies (Thali et al., 1992; Tilley et al., 1992; Laal et al., 1994; Vijh-Warrier et al., 1996; Li et al., 1997; Li et al., 1998), anti-CD4 antibodies (Burkly et al., 1995), or CD4-based proteins (Allaway et al., 1993). Similarly, synergies have been observed using anti-CCR5 antibodies in combination with other anti-CCR5 antibodies, CC-chemokines, or CD4-based proteins (Olson et al., 1999). Prior studies described in PCT International Publication No. WO 00/35409, published Jun. 22, 2000, examined combinations of HIV-1 attachment inhibitors and CCR5 coreceptor inhibitors. Prior studies described in PCT International Publication No. WO 01/55439, published Aug. 2, 2001, examined combinations of inhibitors of gp41 fusion intermediates and HIV-1 attachment. Prior studies described in PCT International Publication No. WO 02/22077, published Mar. 21, 2002, examined combinations of fusion inhibitors and CCR5 coreceptor inhibitors, as well as the triple combination of fusion inhibitors, CCR5 coreceptor inhibitors and HIV-1 attachment inhibitors. However, no prior study has examined the combination of different classes of CCR5 coreceptor inhibitors, such as anti-CCR5 mAbs and non-antibody CCR5 antagonists.
  • TABLE 2
    Comparison of PRO 140 and small-molecule CCR5 antagonists under development
    Small Molecules PRO 140
    Identification Screen Chemokine Binding HIV-1 Entry
    Block Natural Activity of CCR5 Yes No
    Potential for Immune Yes No
    Suppression/Dysregulation
    Tolerability Cardiac, Neurological No Toxicity
    Toxicities for some
    Binding site on CCR5 Common Hydrophobic Extracellular Epitope that
    Pocket defined by spans Multiple Hydrophilic
    Transmembrane Regions of Domains
    CCR5
    Viral Cross-Resistance Significant Limited
    Development of Resistance In Vitro 6 to 19 weeks None at 40 weeks
    Drug-Drug Interactions Significant Unlikely
    Food Interactions Significant Unlikely
    Dosing Once or Twice Daily Biweekly to Monthly
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • This method provides a method for reducing HIV-1 viral load in an HIV-1-infected human subject which comprises administering to the subject at a predefined interval effective HIV-1 viral load-reducing doses of (a) a humanized antibody designated PRO140, or of (b) an anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody which (i) binds to CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject and inhibits fusion of HIV-1 with such cells, (ii) inhibits HIV-1 fusion with CD4+CCR5+ cells with a potency equal or greater than that of PRO140, (iii) coats CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject without reducing the number of such cells in the subject, and/or (iv) binds to the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without inducing an increase in the subject's plasma concentration of circulating β-chemokines, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:HuPRO140-VK (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4097), and (ii) two heavy chains, each heavy chain comprising the expression product of either the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 HG2-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4098) or the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 (mut B+D+I)-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4099), wherein the effective HIV-1 viral load-reducing dose comprises from 0.1 mg per kg to 10 mg per kg of the subject's body weight, so as to thereby reduce the subject's HIV-1 viral load.
  • This invention also provides a method for inhibiting in a human subject the onset or progression of an HIV-1-associated disorder, the inhibition of which is effected by inhibiting fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5+CD4+ target cells in the subject, comprising administering to the subject at a predefined interval effective fusion-inhibitory doses of a humanized antibody designated PRO140, or of an anti-CCR5 receptor antibody which (i) binds to CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject and inhibits fusion of HIV-1 with such cells, (ii) inhibits HIV-1 fusion with the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells with a potency characterized by an IC90 of 10 μg/ml or less, (iii) coats the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without reducing the number of such cells in the subject, and/or (iv) binds to the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without inducing an increase in the subject's plasma concentration of circulating β-chemokines, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:HuPRO140-VK (ATCC Deposit Designation PITA-4097), and (ii) two heavy chains, each heavy chain comprising the expression product of either the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 HG2-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4098) or the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 (mut B+D+I)-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4099), wherein each administration of the antibody delivers to the subject from 0.1 mg per kg to 10 mg per kg of the subject's body weight, so as to thereby inhibit the onset or progression of the HIV-1-associated disorder in the subject.
  • This invention further provides a method for reducing the likelihood of a human subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection which comprises administering to the subject at a predefined interval effective fusion-inhibitory doses of a humanized antibody designated PRO140, or of an anti-CCR5 receptor antibody which (i) binds to CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject and inhibits fusion of HIV-1 with such cells, (ii) inhibits HIV-1 fusion with the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells with a potency characterized by an IC90 of 10 μg/ml or less, (iii) coats the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without reducing the number of such cells in the subject, and/or (iv) binds to the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without inducing an increase in the subject's plasma concentration of circulating β-chemokines, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:HuPRO140-VK (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4097), and (ii) two heavy chains, each heavy chain comprising the expression product of either the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 HG2-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4098) or the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 (mut B+D+I)-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4099), wherein each administration of the antibody delivers to the subject from 0.1 mg per kg to 10 mg per kg of the subject's body weight, so as to thereby reduce the likelihood of the subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection.
  • The present invention provides a method for treating a subject infected with HIV-1 comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of a CD4+ cell and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to a CCR5+CD4+ cell, and (b) a non-antibody antagonist of a CCR5 receptor, in amounts effective to treat the subject.
  • This invention also provides a method for inhibiting in a subject the onset or progression of an HIV-1-associated disorder, the inhibition of which is effected by inhibiting fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5+CD4+ target cells in the subject, comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of a CD4+ cell and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to a CCR5+CD4+ cell, and (b) a non-antibody antagonist of a CCR5 receptor, in amounts effective to inhibit fusion of HIV-1 to the CCR5+CD4+ target cells, so as to thereby inhibit the onset or progression of the HIV-1-associated disorder in the subject.
  • The invention further provides a method for reducing the likelihood of a subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of a CD4+ cell and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to a CCR5+CD4+ cell, and (b) a non-antibody antagonist of a CCR5 receptor, in amounts effective to reduce the likelihood of the subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection.
  • This invention also provides a method of potentiating HIV-1 inhibitory activity of (i) an anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody or (ii) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist in the treatment of HIV-1 infection in a subject, comprising: administering to the subject an HIV-1 inhibitory activity potentiating amount of the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody in combination with an HIV-1 inhibitory activity potentiating amount of a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist, wherein the combination produces a synergistic effect on inhibiting HIV-1 infection, thereby potentiating the inhibitory activity of (i) the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody or (ii) the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist. In one embodiment, due to the synergistic effect, the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist causes an approximately 4- to 10-fold dose reduction of the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody and the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody causes an approximately 3- to 16-fold dose reduction of the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • FIG. 1
  • Humanized PRO140 is potently antiviral. The in vitro neutralization activity of murine and humanized PRO140 was tested against four primary R5HIV-1 isolates using a whole virus replication assay. The data reflect the median values from 8 or more independent assays. The genetic subtypes of the viruses are indicated in parentheses.
  • FIG. 2
  • Antiviral activity is independent of target cell. Inhibition of infection of four different target cells by three primary R5 HIV-1 isolates with was tested.
  • FIG. 3
  • In vitro HIV-1 susceptibility to PRO140 quantified using the PhenoSense™ entry assay. PRO140 was tested for activity against 20 primary HIV-1 isolates in the PhenoSense HIV Entry™ assay at ViroLogic, Inc. Drug susceptibility is reported as IC50 values, which represent the concentration required for 50% inhibition of viral infectivity.
  • FIG. 4
  • PRO140 blocks HIV-1 but not chemokine signaling. The effects of PRO140 on the inhibition of RANTES-induced calcium mobilization in L1.2-CCR5 cells and on inhibition of HIV-1JR-FL replication in PBMC cultures were determined. Similar results were obtained for MIP-1α and MIP-1β.
  • FIG. 5
  • PRO140 provides prolonged control of viral replication in HIV-1-infected mice. SCID mice were reconstituted with normal human peripheral blood mononuclear cells and infected 2 weeks later with HIV-1JR-CSF. Multiple doses of PRO140 were administered following attainment of steady state viral levels. Plasma viral loads pre- and post-injection are indicated.
  • FIG. 6
  • PRO140 coats but does not deplete CCR5 lymphocytes. Healthy male volunteers (n=4) were treated with a single intravenous infusion of PRO140 at a dose level of 2 mg/kg. At the indicated times post-treatment, blood was collected and analyzed for CCR5 lymphocyte levels. The group mean values and standard deviations are indicated.
  • FIG. 7
  • Serum concentrations of PRO140. Healthy male volunteers were treated with a single intravenous infusion of PRO140 at dose levels of 0.1, 0.5 and 2.0 mg/kg, as indicated. At the indicated times post-treatment, serum was collected, cryopreserved, and analyzed for PRO140 levels. Data for individual patients are indicated.
  • FIG. 8
  • PRO140 does not affect plasma chemokine levels. Healthy male volunteers were treated with a single intravenous infusion of 0.1 mg/kg PRO140 (Cohort 1), 0.5 mg/kg PRO140 (Cohort 2) or matched placebo. At the indicated times post-treatment, plasma was collected, cryopreserved and analyzed for levels of RANTES. The Lower Limit of Quantification of the assay was 415 pg RANTES/mL plasma. Data represent the group mean values.
  • FIG. 9
  • Scheme for chemical synthesis of SCH-D.
  • FIG. 10
  • Scheme for chemical synthesis of TAK-779. The method is as described in Shiraishi et al., 2000.
  • FIG. 11
  • Scheme for chemical synthesis of UK-427,857. The method is as described in PCT International Publication No. WO 01/90106 A2, published Nov. 29, 2001.
  • FIG. 12
  • Synergistic inhibition of HIV-1 fusion exhibited by PRO140 with different compounds. Interactions between PRO140 and small-molecule, peptide, mAb, and chimeric CD4-immunoglobulin inhibitors of CCR5, CD4, gp120 and gp41 targets for inhibiting HIV-1 fusion were assessed using the RET assay. Mean combination index (CI) values with 95% confidence intervals are plotted for data obtained using the compounds combined in a 1:1 molar ratio. A CI value of <1 indicates synergistic interactions; a CI value of 1 indicates additive interactions; and a CI value of >1 indicates antagonistic interactions.
  • FIG. 13
  • PRO140 coats but does not deplete lymphocytes. Healthy male volunteers (n=4) were treated with a single intravenous infusion of PRO140 at a dose level of 5 mg/kg. At the indicated times post-treatment, blood was collected and analyzed for CCR5 lymphocyte levels. The group mean values and standard deviations are indicated.
  • FIG. 14
  • PRO140 is active against HIV-1 strains that are resistant to small-molecule CCR5 antagonists. Variants of HIV-1 resistant to AD101 (a small-molecule CCR5 inhibitor structurally related to SCH-C) and SCH-D (Kuhmann et al., 2004; Maroznan et al. 2005) were tested for sensitivity to the anti-CCR5 mab, PA14. The extent of viral replication in primary CD4+ T-cells is represented relative to p24 antigen production in the absence of any inhibitor, which is defined as 100%. Individual data points were the average of values derived from 4 separate experiments, each performed using duplicate wells. The data show that whereas the AD101- and SCH-D-resistant HIV-1 variants were resistant to SCH-C and SCH-D, respectively, replication of these variants was potently inhibited by PA14 (Maroznan et al. 2005).
  • FIG. 15
  • Dose-response curves for inhibition of HIV-1JR-FL envelope-mediated membrane fusion by combinations of CCR5 inhibitors. Dilutions were analyzed in triplicate wells, and the data points depict the mean and standard deviations of replicates. (A) PRO140 and UK-427,857 were tested individually and in a 1:1 fixed molar ratio over the indicated range of concentrations. In the experiment depicted, IC50 and IC90 values were 2.9 nM and 11 nM for PRO140, 5.0 nM and 21 nM for UK-427,857, and 2.1 nM and 4.6 nM for the combination. CI50 and CI90 values were 0.58 and 0.32, respectively. (B) SCH-D and UK-427,857 were tested individually and in a 1:1 fixed molar ratio over the indicated range of concentrations. In the experiment depicted, IC50 and IC90 values were 5.5 nM and 34 nM for SCH-D, 9.7 nM and 59 nM for UK-427,857, and 6.1 nM and 31 nM for the combination. CI50 and CI90 values were 0.87 and 0.73, respectively.
  • FIG. 16
  • Inhibition of PRO140-PE binding to CEM.NKR-CCR5 cells by unlabeled PRO140, UK-427,857 and SCH-D. CEM.NKR-CCR5 cells were incubated with varying concentrations of unlabeled PRO140, UK-427,857 or SCH-D for 30 min at room temperature in PBSA buffer prior to addition of 5 nM PRO 140-PE for an additional 30 min. Cells were washed and then analyzed by flow cytometry for both the mean fluorescence intensity (MFI) of binding and the percent of cells gated for positive binding of PRO 140-PE. Inhibition was assessed on the basis of both MFI (A) and percent cells gated (B).
  • FIG. 17
  • Inhibition of 3H-UK-427,857 binding by unlabeled UK-427,857, SCH-D and PRO140. (A) CEM.NKR-CCR5 cells were pre-incubated with varying concentrations of unlabeled UK-427,857, SCH-D or PRO140 for 30 min in PBSA buffer at ambient temperature prior to the addition of at 2 nM 3H-UK-427,857 for an additional 30 min. Cells were washed and then analyzed for radioactivity by scintillation counting. (B) The stability of UK-427,857 binding under the assay conditions was examined by pre-incubating CEM.NKR-CCR5 cells with 2 nM 3H-UK-427,857 prior to washing, addition of unlabeled compounds for 30 min, and processing as described above.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Terms
  • As used in this application, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, each of the following terms shall have the meaning set forth below.
  • “Administering” refers to delivering in a manner which is effected or performed using any of the various methods and delivery systems known to those skilled in the art. Administering can be performed, for example, topically, intravenously, pericardially, orally, parentemlly, via implant, transmucosally, transdermally, intradermally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intralymphatically, intralesionally, epidurally, or by in vivo electroporation. An agent or composition may also be administered in an aerosol, such as for pulmonary and/or intranasal delivery. Administering can also be performed, for example, once, a plurality of times, and/or over one or more extended periods.
  • An “antibody” shall include, without limitation, an immunoglobulin molecule comprising two heavy chains and two light chains and which recognizes an antigen. The immunoglobulin molecule may derive from any of the commonly known classes, including but not limited to IgA, secretory IgA, IgG and IgM. IgG subclasses are also well known to those in the art and include but are not limited to human IgG1, IgG2, IgG3 and IgG4. “Antibody” includes, by way of example, both naturally occurring and non-naturally occurring antibodies; monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies; chimeric and humanized antibodies; human or nonhuman antibodies; wholly synthetic antibodies; and single chain antibodies. A nonhuman antibody may be humanized by recombinant methods to reduce its immunogenicity in man. Methods for humanizing antibodies are well known to those skilled in the art. “Antibody” also includes, without limitation, a fragment or portion of any of the afore-mentioned immunoglobulin molecules and includes a monovalent and a divalent fragment or portion. Antibody fragments include, for example, Fc fragments and antigen-binding fragments (Fab).
  • An “anti-chemokine receptor antibody” refers to an antibody which recognizes and binds to an epitope on a chemokine receptor. As used herein, “anti-CCR5 antibody” refers to an antibody which recognizes and binds to an epitope on the CCR5 chemokine receptor.
  • “Attachment” means the process that is mediated by the binding of the HIV-1 envelope glycoprotein to the human CD4 receptor, which is not a fusion coreceptor.
  • As used herein, “CCR5” is a chemokine receptor which binds members of the C—C group of chemokines and whose amino acid sequence comprises that provided in Genbank Accession Number 1705896 and related polymorphic variants. As used herein, CCR5 includes, without limitation, extracellular portions of CCR5 capable of binding the HIV-1 envelope protein. “CCR5” and “CCR5 receptor” are used synonymously.
  • “CD4” means the mature, native, membrane-bound CD4 protein comprising a cytoplasmic domain, a hydrophobic transmembrane domain, and an extracellular domain which binds to the HIV-1 gp120 envelope glycoprotein.
  • “CDR”, or complementarity determining region, means a highly variable sequence of amino acids in the variable domain of an antibody.
  • A “cell” includes a biological cell, e.g., a HeLa cell, and a non-biological cell, e.g., a phospholipid vesicle or virion. A “cell susceptible to HIV infection” may also be referred to as a “target cell” and includes a cell capable of being infected by or fusing with HIV or an HIV-infected cell.
  • “CXCR4” is a chemokine receptor which binds members of the C—X—C group of chemokines and whose amino acid sequence comprises that provided in Genbank Accession No 400654 and related polymorphic variants. As used herein, CXCR4 includes extracellular portions of CXCR4 capable of binding the HIV-1 envelope protein.
  • “Exposed” to HIV-1 refers to contact with HIV-1 such that infection could result.
  • A “fully human” antibody refers to an antibody wherein all of the amino acids correspond to amino acids in human immunoglobulin molecules. “Fully human” and “human” are used synonymously.
  • “HIV” refers to the human immunodeficiency virus. HIV shall include, without limitation, HIV-1. HIV-1 includes but is not limited to extracellular virus particles and the forms of HIV-1 associated with HIV-1 infected cells. The human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) may be either of the two known types of HIV (HIV-1 or HIV-2). The HIV-1 virus may represent any of the known major subtypes (classes A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H) or outlying subtype (Group 0). HIV-1JR-FL is a strain that was originally isolated at autopsy from the brain tissue of an AIDS patient. The virus has been cloned and the DNA sequences of its envelope glycoproteins are known (GenBank Accession No. U63632). In terms of sensitivity to inhibitors of viral entry, HIV-1JR-FL is known to be highly representative of primary HIV-1 isolates.
  • A “humanized” antibody refers to an antibody wherein some, most or all of the amino acids outside the CDR regions are replaced with corresponding amino acids derived from human immunoglobulin molecules. In one embodiment of the humanized forms of the antibodies, some, most or all of the amino acids outside the CDR regions have been replaced with amino acids from human immunoglobulin molecules, whereas some, most or all amino acids within one or more CDR regions are unchanged. Small additions, deletions, insertions, substitutions or modifications of amino acids are permissible as long as they do not abrogate the ability of the antibody to bind a given antigen. Suitable human immunoglobulin molecules include IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgE and IgM molecules. A “humanized” antibody retains an antigenic specificity similar to that of the original antibody.
  • “Monoclonal antibodies,” also designated a mAbs, are antibody molecules whose primary sequences are essentially identical and which exhibit the same antigenic specificity. Monoclonal antibodies may be produced by hybridoma, recombinant, transgenic or other techniques known to those skilled in the art.
  • A “non-antibody antagonist of a CCR5 receptor” refers to an agent that does not comprise an antibody, and which binds to a CCR5 receptor and inhibits the activity of this receptor. Such inhibition can include inhibiting the binding of HIV-1 to the CCR5 receptor. By way of example, non-antibody antagonists include nucleic acids, carbohydrates, lipids, oligopeptides, and small organic molecules.
  • “Reducing the likelihood of a subject's contracting a viral infection” means reducing the likelihood of the subject's becoming infected with the virus by at least two-fold. For example, if a subject has a 1% chance of becoming infected with the virus, a two-fold reduction in the likelihood of the subject contracting a viral infection would result in the subject having a 0.5% chance of becoming infected with the virus. In the preferred embodiment of this invention, reducing the likelihood of the subject's contracting a viral infection means reducing the likelihood of the subject's becoming infected with the virus by at least ten-fold.
  • A “small-molecule” CCR5 receptor antagonist includes, for example, a small organic molecule which binds to a CCR5 receptor and inhibits the activity of the receptor. Such inhibition includes, e.g., inhibiting the binding of HIV-1 to the receptor. In one embodiment, the small organic molecule has a molecular weight less than 1,500 daltons. In another embodiment, the molecule has a molecular weight less than 600 daltons.
  • “Subject” includes any animal or artificially modified animal capable of becoming infected with HIV. Animals include, but are not limited to, humans, non-human primates, dogs, cats, rabbits, ferrets, and rodents such as mice, rats and guinea pigs. Artificially modified animals include, but are not limited to, SCID mice with human immune systems. In the preferred embodiment, the subject is a human.
  • “Synergy” between two or more agents refers to the combined effect of the agents which is greater than their additive effects. Synergistic, additive or antagonistic effects between agents may be quantified by analysis of the dose-response curves using the Combination Index (CI) method. A CI value greater than 1 indicates antagonism; a CI value equal to 1 indicates an additive effect; and a CI value less than 1 indicates a synergistic effect. In one embodiment, the CI value of a synergistic interaction is less than 0.9. In another embodiment, the CI value is less than 0.8. In a preferred embodiment, the CI value is less than 0.7.
  • “Treating an HIV-1 infection in a subject” refers to slowing, stopping or reversing the progression of an HIV-1 disorder in the subject. In the preferred embodiment, “treating” refers to reversing the progression to the point of eliminating the disorder. As used herein, “treating” also means reducing the number of viral infections, reducing the number of infectious viral particles, reducing the number of virally infected cells, or ameliorating symptoms associated with HIV-1. Reducing viral load in a subject is one embodiment of treating the subject.
  • Embodiments of the Invention
  • This method provides a method for reducing HIV-1 viral load in an HIV-1-infected human subject which comprises administering to the subject at a predefined interval effective HIV-1 viral load-reducing doses of (a) a humanized antibody designated PRO140, or of (b) an anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody which (i) binds to CD4+ CCR5+ cells in the subject and inhibits fusion of HIV-1 with such cells, (ii) inhibits HIV-1 fusion with CD4+CCR5+ cells with a potency equal or greater than that of PRO140, (iii) coats CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject without reducing the number of such cells in the subject, and/or (iv) binds to the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without inducing an increase in the subject's plasma concentration of circulating β-chemokines, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:HuPRO140-VK (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4097), and (ii) two heavy chains, each heavy chain comprising the expression product of either the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 HG2-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4098) or the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 (mut B+D+I)-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4099), wherein the effective HIV-1 viral load-reducing dose comprises from 0.1 mg per kg to 10 mg per kg of the subject's body weight, so as to thereby reduce the subject's HIV-1 viral load.
  • In one embodiment, the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody binds to the same CCR5 epitope as that to which PRO140 binds. The anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody can be, for example, a humanized, human, or chimeric antibody. In the preferred embodiment, the antibody administered to the subject is the antibody designated PRO140.
  • In one embodiment, the effective viral load-reducing dose is from 0.25 mg per kg to 7.5 mg per kg of the subject's body weight. In another embodiment, the dose is from 0.5 mg per kg to 5 mg per kg of the subject's body weight. In another embodiment, the dose is from 1 mg per kg to 3 mg per kg of the subject's body weight. In another embodiment, the dose is 2 mg per kg of the subject's body weight.
  • In another embodiment, the effective viral load-reducing dose is sufficient to achieve in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 400 ng/ml. In a further embodiment, the doses administered at regular intervals are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 1 μg/ml. In a further embodiment, the doses are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of about 3 to about 12 μg/ml. In a further embodiment, the doses are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 5 μg/ml. In a further embodiment, the doses are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 10 μg/ml. In a further embodiment, the doses are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 25 μg/ml. In a further embodiment, the doses are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 50 μg/ml.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the predefined interval is at least once weekly. In another embodiment, the predefined interval is every two to four weeks. In a further embodiment, the predefined interval is every two weeks, or every four weeks. In a further embodiment, the predefined interval is at least once monthly, every six weeks or every eight weeks. In another embodiment of the invention, the reduction of the subject's HIV-1 viral load is maintained for at least one week. In another embodiment, the subject's HIV-1 viral load is maintained for at least two weeks. In another embodiment, the reduction of the subject's HIV-1 viral load is maintained for at least four weeks. In another embodiment, the reduction of the subject's HIV-1 viral load is maintained for at least three months.
  • In one embodiment, the antibody is administered via intravenous infusion. In another embodiment, the antibody is administered via subcutaneous injection. In one embodiment, the subject's HIV-1 viral load is reduced by at least 50% following administration of the antibody. In another embodiment, the subject's HIV-1 viral load is reduced by at least 70% following administration of the antibody, and preferably, is reduced by at least 90% following administration of the antibody.
  • In one embodiment of this invention, the method further comprises administering to the subject at least one anti-HIV-1 anti-retroviral agent. The anti-HIV-1 anti-retroviral agent can be, for example, a nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI), a nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI), a protease inhibitor (PI), a fusion inhibitor, or any combination thereof. In one embodiment, the subject is treatment-naïve. In the preferred embodiment, the subject is treatment-experienced.
  • In another embodiment, (a) prior to administering the monoclonal antibody to the subject, the subject has received treatment with at least one anti-HIV-1 anti-retroviral agent, and (b) concurrent with administering the monoclonal antibody, the subject continues to receive treatment with the agent or agents, so as to enhance the reduction of HIV-1 viral load in the subject. The anti-HIV-1 anti-retroviral agent can be, for example, a nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI), a nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI), a protease inhibitor (PI), a fusion inhibitor, or any combination thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method for inhibiting in a human subject the onset or progression of an HIV-1-associated disorder, the inhibition of which is effected by inhibiting fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5+CD4+ target cells in the subject, comprising administering to the subject at a predefined interval effective fusion-inhibitory doses of a humanized antibody designated PRO140, or of an anti-CCR5 receptor antibody which (i) binds to CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject and inhibits fusion of HIV-1 with such cells, (ii) inhibits HIV-1 fusion with the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells with a potency characterized by an IC90 of 10 μg/ml or less, (iii) coats the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without reducing the number of such cells in the subject, and/or (iv) binds to the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without inducing an increase in the subject's plasma concentration of circulating β-chemokines, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:HuPRO140-VK (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4097), and (ii) two heavy chains, each heavy chain comprising the expression product of either the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 HG2-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4098) or the plasmid designated pVg4:HUPRO140 (mut B+D+I)-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4099), wherein each administration of the antibody delivers to the subject from 0.1 mg per kg to 10 mg per kg of the subject's body weight, so as to thereby inhibit the onset or progression of the HIV-1-associated disorder in the subject.
  • This invention further provides a method for reducing the likelihood of a human subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection which comprises administering to the subject at a predefined interval effective fusion-inhibitory doses of a humanized antibody designated PRO140, or of an anti-CCR5 receptor antibody which (i) binds to CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject and inhibits fusion of HIV-1 with such cells, (ii) inhibits HIV-1 fusion with the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells with a potency characterized by an IC90 of 10 μg/ml or less, (iii) coats the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without reducing the number of such cells in the subject, and/or (iv) binds to the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without inducing an increase in the subject's plasma concentration of circulating β-chemokines, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:HuPRO140-VK (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4097), and (ii) two heavy chains, each heavy chain comprising the expression product of either the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 HG2-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4098) or the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 (mut B+D+I)-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4099), wherein each administration of the antibody delivers to the subject from 0.1 mg per kg to 10 mg per kg of the subject's body weight, so as to thereby reduce the likelihood of the subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection. In one embodiment, the subject has been exposed to HIV-1. In another embodiment, the subject is at risk of being exposed to HIV-1.
  • The present invention also provides a method for reducing HIV-1 viral load in an HIV-1-infected human subject who has developed resistance to a form of anti-HIV-1 therapy, which method comprises administering to the subject at a predefined interval effective HIV-1 viral load-reducing doses of (a) a humanized antibody designated PRO140, or of (b) an anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody which (i) binds to CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject and inhibits fusion of HIV-1 with such cells, (ii) inhibits HIV-1 fusion with CD4+CCR5+ cells with a potency equal or greater than that of PRO140, (iii) coats CD4+CCR5+ cells in the subject without reducing the number of such cells in the subject, and/or (iv) binds to the subject's CD4+CCR5+ cells without inducing an increase in the subject's plasma concentration of circulating β-chemokines, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:HuPRO140-VK (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4097), and (ii) two heavy chains, each heavy chain comprising the expression product of either the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 HG2-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4098) or the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 (mut B+D+I)-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4099), wherein the effective HIV-1 viral load-reducing dose comprises from 0.1 mg per kg to 10 mg per kg of the subject's body weight, so as to thereby reduce the subject's HIV-1 viral load.
  • In one embodiment, the form of anti-HIV-1 therapy is a nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI), a nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI), a protease inhibitor (PI), a fusion inhibitor, or any combination thereof. In another embodiment, the fusion inhibitor is a non-antibody CCR5 antagonist. In a further embodiment, the non-antibody CCR5 antagonist is a small-molecule CCR5 antagonist. In yet another embodiment, the small-molecule CCR5 antagonist is orally administered.
  • In the methods of this invention, the antibody may be administered at the same time, concurrently, prior to the administration of the small-molecule CCR5 antagonist or subsequent to the administration of the small-molecule CCR5 antagonist. With respect to the administration of two or more agents to a subject in order to treat the subject, each agent may be administered to the subject within the same treatment time period as is each other agent. The agents can be administered together, at the same time and in the same or different compositions or via the same or different routes of administration. Alternatively, each agent is administered via a dosing regimen (e.g., frequency, route and amount) different from that by which each other agent is administered. For example, the first of two administered agents (e.g., an antibody) may be administered via subcutaneous injection at two-week intervals for a one-year treatment time period, whereas during that same one-year period, the second administered agent (e.g., a small molecule) is orally administered twice per day. Accordingly, “concurrent administration” refers to the administration of at least two agents within one treatment period.
  • This invention also provides a method for treating a subject infected with HIV-1 comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of the subject's CD4+ cells and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to the subject's CCR5+CD4+ cells, and (b) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist, in amounts effective to treat the subject.
  • This invention also provides a method for inhibiting in a subject the onset or progression of an HIV-1-associated disorder, the inhibition of which is effected by inhibiting fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5+CD4+ target cells in the subject, comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of the subject's CD4+ cells and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to the subject's CCR5+CD4+ cells, and (b) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist, in amounts effective to inhibit the onset or progression of the HIV-1-associated disorder in the subject.
  • This invention further provides a method for reducing the likelihood of a subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of the subject's CD4+ cells and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to the subject's CCR5+CD4+ cells, and (b) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist, in amounts effective to reduce the likelihood of the subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection. In one embodiment, the subject has been exposed to HIV-1. In another embodiment, the subject is at risk of being exposed to HIV-1.
  • This invention also relates to the effect of the combination of distinct classes of compounds which bind to CCR5, namely anti-CCR5 mAbs and non-antibody CCR5 antagonists, on HIV-1 fusion to, and entry into, susceptible target cells. Synergistic inhibition of HIV-1 infection of target cells has previously been demonstrated using combinations of different HIV-1 entry inhibitors. However, no prior study has examined the combination of different classes of inhibitors which target the same CCR5 coreceptor.
  • Specifically, this invention also provides a method for treating a subject infected with HIV-1 comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of the subject's CD4+ cells and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to the subject's CCR5+CD4+ cells, and (b) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist, in amounts effective to treat the subject.
  • This invention further provides a method for inhibiting in a subject the onset or progression of an HIV-1-associated disorder, the inhibition of which is effected by inhibiting fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5+CD4+ target cells in the subject, comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of the subject's CD4+ cells and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to the subject's CCR5+CD4+ cells, and (b) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist, in amounts effective to inhibit the onset or progression of the HIV-1-associated disorder in the subject.
  • This invention also provides a method for reducing the likelihood of a subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection comprising administering to the subject (a) an antibody which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor on the surface of the subject's CD4+ cells and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to the subject's CCR5+CD4+ cells, and (b) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist, in amounts effective to reduce the likelihood of the subject's contracting an HIV-1 infection. In one embodiment, the subject has been exposed to HIV-1. In another embodiment, the subject is at risk of being exposed to HIV-1.
  • This invention also provides a method of potentiating HIV-1 inhibitory activity of (i) an anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody or (ii) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist in the treatment of HIV-1 infection in a subject, comprising: administering to the subject an HIV-1 inhibitory activity potentiating amount of the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody in combination with an HIV-1 inhibitory activity potentiating amount of a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist, wherein the combination produces a synergistic effect on inhibiting HIV-1 infection, thereby potentiating the inhibitory activity of (i) the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody or (ii) the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist. In one embodiment, due to the synergistic effect, the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist causes an approximately 4- to 10-fold dose reduction of the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody and the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody causes an approximately 3- to 16-fold dose reduction of the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist.
  • In another embodiment, the method comprises an HIV-1 inhibitory activity potentiating amount of one or more non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonists. In another embodiment, the method comprises an HIV-1 inhibitory activity potentiating amount of one or more anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibodies. In yet another embodiment, the anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody and the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist are concurrently administered to the subject.
  • In one embodiment, the monoclonal antibody is PA14 produced by the hybridoma cell line designated PA14 (ATCC Accession No. HB-12610), or an antibody that competes with monoclonal antibody PA-14 in binding to the CCR5 receptor. In another embodiment, the monoclonal antibody is the humanized antibody designated PRO140, or an antibody that competes with PRO140 in binding to the CCR5 receptor, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:HuPRO140-VK (ATCC Deposit Designation PITA-4097), and (ii) two heavy chains, each heavy chain comprising the expression product of either the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 HG2-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4098) or the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 (mut B+D+I)-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4099). In another embodiment, the monoclonal antibody is the humanized antibody designated PRO140. In yet another embodiment, the monoclonal antibody is CCR5mAb004 or 2D7.
  • In one embodiment, the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist is SCH-D, TAK-779, TAK-652, UK-427,857, RANTES, GW873140, or a combination thereof. In another embodiment, the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist is a small organic molecule that competes with SCH-D in binding to the CCR5 receptor. In another embodiment, the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist is a small organic molecule that competes with UK-427,857 in binding to the CCR5 receptor. In yet another embodiment, the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist is a small organic molecule that competes with TAK-779 in binding to the CCR5 receptor. In one embodiment, the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist is a small organic molecule that competes with TAK-652 in binding to the CCR5 receptor. In another embodiment, the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist is a small organic molecule that competes with GW873140 in binding to the CCR5 receptor.
  • In one embodiment of any of the methods described herein, the anti-CCR5 antibody is a monoclonal antibody. In another embodiment, the antibody is a polyclonal antibody. In a further embodiment, the antibody is a humanized antibody. In a still further embodiment, the antibody is a human antibody. In an additional embodiment, the antibody is a chimeric antibody. In one embodiment, the antibody is the anti-CCR5 human antibody designated CCR5mAb004, produced by Human Genome Sciences.
  • Murine hybridomas secreting monoclonal antibodies PA8, PA9, PA10, PA11, PA12 and PA14 were deposited pursuant to, and in satisfaction of, the requirements of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure (the “Budapest treaty”) with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, Va. 20110-2209 on Dec. 2, 1998 under the following Accession Nos.: ATCC Accession No. HB-12605 (PA8), ATCC Accession No. HB-12606 (PA9), ATCC Accession No. 12607 (PA10), ATCC Accession No. HB-12608 (P11), ATCC Accession No. HB-12609 (PA12), and ATCC Accession No. HB-12610 (PA14).
  • In a further embodiment of the present invention, the monoclonal antibody is PA14 produced by the hybridoma cell line designated PA14 (ATCC Accession No. HB-12610), or an antibody that competes with monoclonal antibody PA14's binding to the CCR5 receptor. In a still further embodiment, the monoclonal antibody is an antibody that binds to the same epitope as that to which monoclonal antibody PA14 binds. When binding to the same epitope occurs, competitive inhibition results.
  • In another embodiment, the monoclonal antibody is selected from the group consisting of PA14 produced by the hybridoma designated PA14 (ATCC Accession No. HB-12610), PA8 produced by the hybridoma designated PA8 (ATCC Accession No. HB-12605), PA9 produced by the hybridoma designated PA9 (ATCC Accession No. HB-12606), PA10 produced by the hybridoma designated PA10 (ATCC Accession No. HB-12607), PA11 produced by the hybridoma designated PA11 (ATCC Accession No. HB-12608), PA12 produced by the hybridoma designated PA12 (ATCC Accession No. HB-12609), and 2D7 (Wu et al., 1997). In a further embodiment, the monoclonal antibody is PA14.
  • One skilled in the art would know how to make the humanized antibodies of the subject invention. Various publications, several of which are hereby incorporated by reference into this application, also describe how to make humanized antibodies. For example, the methods described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567 comprise the production of chimeric antibodies having a variable region of one antibody and a constant region of another antibody.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539 describes another approach for the production of a humanized antibody. This patent describes the use of recombinant DNA technology to produce a humanized antibody wherein the CDRs of a variable region of one immunoglobulin are replaced with the CDRs from an immunoglobulin with a different specificity such that the humanized antibody would recognize the desired target but would not be recognized in a significant way by the human subject's immune system. Specifically, site-directed mutagenesis is used to graft the CDRs onto the framework.
  • Other approaches for humanizing an antibody are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,585,089 and 5,693,761, and PCT International Publication No. WO 90/07861, which describe methods for producing humanized immunoglobulins. These have one or more CDRs and possible additional amino acids from a donor immunoglobulin and a framework region from an accepting human immunoglobulin. These patents describe a method to increase the affinity of an antibody for the desired antigen. Some amino acids in the framework are chosen to be the same as the amino acids at those positions in the donor rather than in the acceptor. Specifically, these patents describe the preparation of a humanized antibody that binds to a receptor by combining the CDRs of a mouse monoclonal antibody with human immunoglobulin framework and constant regions. Human framework regions can be chosen to maximize homology with the mouse sequence. A computer model can be used to identify amino acids in the framework region which are likely to interact with the CDRs or the specific antigen and then mouse amino acids can be used at these positions to create the humanized antibody. The above methods are merely illustrative of some of the methods that one skilled in the art could employ to make humanized antibodies.
  • Methods for making fully human antibodies are also well known to one skilled in the art. For example, fully human monoclonal antibodies can be prepared by immunizing animals transgenic for large portions of human immunoglobulin heavy and light chain loci. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,591,669, 5,545,806, 5,545,807, 6,150,584, and references cited therein, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. These transgenic animals have been genetically modified such that there is a functional deletion in the production of endogenous (e.g., murine) antibodies. The animals are further modified to contain all or a portion of the human germ-line immunoglobulin gene locus such that immunization of these animals will result in the production of fully human antibodies to the antigen of interest. Following immunization of these animals (e.g., XenoMouse® (Abgenix), HuMAb-Mouse® (Medarex/GenPharm)), monoclonal antibodies can be prepared according to standard hybridoma technology. These monoclonal antibodies will have human immunoglobulin amino acid sequences and therefore will not provoke human anti-mouse antibody (HAMA) responses when administered to humans.
  • In vitro methods also exist for producing human antibodies. These include phage display technology (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,565,332 and 5,573,905) and in vitro stimulation of human B cells (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,229,275 and 5,567,610). The contents of these patents are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Nucleic acids encoding heavy and light chains of the humanized PRO140 antibody have been deposited with the ATCC. Specifically, the plasmids designated pVK-HuPRO140, pVg4-HuPRO140 (mut B+D+I) and pVg4-HuPRO140 HG2, respectively, were deposited pursuant to, and in satisfaction of, the requirements of the Budapest Treaty with the ATCC, Manassas, Va., U.S.A. 20108, on Feb. 22, 2002, under ATCC Accession Nos. PTA 4097, PTA 4099 and PTA 4098, respectively.
  • In a preferred embodiment of the instant methods, the monoclonal antibody is the humanized antibody designated PRO140 or an antibody that competes with PRO140's binding to the CCR5 receptor, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:HuPRO140-VK (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4097), and (ii) two heavy chains, each heavy chain comprising the expression product of either the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 HG2-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4098) or the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 (mut B+D+I)-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4099). In a further embodiment, the monoclonal antibody is a humanized or human antibody that binds to the same epitope as that to which antibody PRO140 binds. In another embodiment, the monoclonal antibody is the humanized antibody designated PRO140. In a further embodiment, the monoclonal antibody is the human antibody designated CCR5mAb004 (Roschke et al., 2004; HGS Press Release, 2004; 2005).
  • In one embodiment of the methods described herein, the portion of the antibody comprises a light chain of the antibody. In another embodiment, the portion of the antibody comprises a heavy chain of the antibody. In a further embodiment, the portion of the antibody comprises an Fab portion of the antibody. In a still further embodiment, the portion of the antibody comprises an F(ab′)2 portion of the antibody. In an additional embodiment, the portion of the antibody comprises an Fd portion of the antibody. In another embodiment, the portion of the antibody comprises an Fv portion of the antibody. In a further embodiment, the portion of the antibody comprises a variable domain of the antibody. In a still further embodiment, the portion of the antibody comprises one or more CDR domains of the antibody. In yet another embodiment, the portion of the antibody comprises six CDR domains of the antibody.
  • In one embodiment of the instant methods, the antibody is administered to the subject a plurality of times and each administration of the antibody delivers from 0.01 mg per kg body weight to 50 mg per kg body weight of the antibody to the subject. In another embodiment, each administration of the antibody delivers from 0.05 mg per kg body weight to 25 mg per kg body weight of the antibody to the subject. In a further embodiment, each administration of the antibody delivers from 0.1 mg per kg body weight to 10 mg per kg body weight of the antibody to the subject. In a still further embodiment, each administration of the antibody delivers from 0.5 mg per kg body weight to 5 mg per kg body weight of the antibody to the subject. In another embodiment, each administration of the antibody delivers from 1 mg per kg body weight to 3 mg per kg body weight of the antibody to the subject. In a preferred embodiment, each administration of the antibody delivers about 2 mg per kg body weight of the antibody to the subject.
  • In one embodiment, the antibody is administered a plurality of times, and a first administration of the antibody is separated from the subsequent administration of the antibody by an interval of less than one week. In another embodiment, the first administration of the antibody is separated from the subsequent administration of the antibody by an interval of at least one week. In a further embodiment, the first administration of the antibody is separated from the subsequent administration of the antibody by an interval of one week. In another embodiment, the first administration of the antibody is separated from the subsequent administration of the antibody by an interval of two to four weeks. In a preferred embodiment, the first administration of the antibody is separated from the subsequent administration of the antibody by an interval of two weeks. In a further embodiment, the first administration of the antibody is separated from the subsequent administration of the antibody by an interval of four weeks. In yet another embodiment, the antibody is administered a plurality of times, and a first administration of the antibody is separated from the subsequent administration of the antibody by an interval of at least one month.
  • In a further embodiment, the antibody is administered to the subject via intravenous infusion. In a preferred embodiment, the antibody is administered to the subject via subcutaneous injection. In another embodiment, the antibody is administered to the subject via intramuscular injection.
  • In one embodiment of the instant methods, the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist is a small organic molecule. In another embodiment, the CCR5 receptor antagonist is selected from the group consisting of SCH-D, UK-427,857, TAK-779, TAK-652, GW873140 and RANTES. In a further embodiment, the CCR5 receptor antagonist is an agent that competes with SCH-D's binding to the CCR5 receptor. In a still further embodiment, the CCR5 receptor antagonist is an agent that competes with UK-427,857's binding to the CCR5 receptor. In another embodiment, the CCR5 receptor antagonist is an agent that competes with TAK-779's binding to the CCR5 receptor. In yet another embodiment, the CCR5 receptor antagonist is an agent that competes with TAK-652's binding to the CCR5 receptor. In a further embodiment, the CCR5 receptor antagonist is an agent that competes with GW873140's binding to the CCR5 receptor.
  • In an additional embodiment of the methods described herein, the CCR5 receptor antagonist is administered a plurality of times and each administration of the CCR5 receptor antagonist delivers from 0.5 mg to 2,500 mg of the antagonist to the subject. In another embodiment, each administration of the CCR5 receptor antagonist delivers from 5 mg to 1,250 mg of the antagonist to the subject. In yet another embodiment, each administration of the CCR5 receptor antagonist delivers from 5 mg to 15 mg of the antagonist to the subject. In a further embodiment, each administration of the CCR5 receptor antagonist delivers from 50 mg to 1,250 mg of the antagonist to the subject. In a still further embodiment, each administration of the CCR5 receptor antagonist delivers from 200 mg to 800 mg of the antagonist to the subject. In another embodiment, each administration of the CCR5 receptor antagonist delivers from 300 mg to 600 mg of the antagonist.
  • Because of their rapid clearance, small-molecule CCR5 receptor antagonists require at least daily or twice-daily dosing in order to maintain selective pressure on the virus. Table 3 summarizes the dosing regimens employed with various small-molecule CCR5 antagonists currently undergoing clinical trials. In one embodiment of the present methods, the CCR5 receptor antagonist is administered orally to the subject at least once per day. In another embodiment, the CCR5 receptor antagonist is administered orally to the subject once or twice per day. In a further embodiment, the CCR5 receptor antagonist is administered orally three or fewer times per day.
  • TABLE 3
    Dosing regimens of small-molecule CCR5 receptor
    antagonists undergoing clinical trials
    Compound Dosagea Clinical Trial
    SCH-D 5-15 mg daily Phase II
    UK-427, 857 300 mg daily or twice daily Phase II and III
    GW873140 50-1200 mg once daily, or 200-800 mg Phase II
    daily or twice daily
  • Dosages are indicated for the CCR5 antagonists at www.clinicaltrials.gov web site sponsored by the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID). Dosage information for GW873140 was obtained from Demarest et al. (2004).
  • Additionally, one embodiment of the instant methods further comprises administering to the subject at least one anti-HIV-1, anti-retroviral agent. Since the approval of the nucleoside-analog reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI) AZT (zidovudine) in 1987, the HIV-1 armamentarium has grown to at least 21 drugs and prodrugs representing 4 treatment classes: eight NRTIs, three non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (NNRTIs), nine protease inhibitors (PIs), and one fusion inhibitor (FI) (see Table 4). In another embodiment, the anti-retroviral agent is a nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI), a nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI), a protease inhibitor (PI), a fusion inhibitor, or any combination thereof. In further embodiments, the at least one anti-retroviral agent is one of the agents listed in Table 4 or any combination of these agents. Various anti-retroviral agents are marketed in combinations (see Table 5 for such combinations and dosing regimens) for more efficacious therapy. In embodiments of the present methods, anti-retroviral agents are administered to the subject in amounts shown in Table 5. In a preferred embodiment, the anti-retroviral agent is a NNRTI or a PI.
  • In another embodiment of the instant invention, the subject is treatment-naïve, i.e., the subject has not previously undergone treatment with any anti-HIV-1, anti-retroviral agents. In a preferred embodiment, the subject is treatment-experienced, i.e., the subject has undergone, and/or is undergoing, treatment with one or more anti-HIV-1, anti-retroviral agents, such as one or more agents listed in Table 4. In a preferred embodiment, the instant methods are used in a program of combination therapy for treating HIV-1 infection, wherein an anti-CCR5 mAb and a non-antibody CCR5 antagonist are administered in combination with one or more anti-retroviral agents to a subject in need of such treatment.
  • TABLE 4
    Approved HIV-1 inhibitors
    Inhibitor Manufacturer
    Nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors (NRTIs)
    Retrovir ® (AZT) GlaxoSmithKline
    Epivir ® (3TC) GlaxoSmithKline
    Emtriva ® (emtricitabine) Gilead Sciences
    Hivid ® (ddC) Hoffmann-La Roche
    Videx ® (ddI) Bristol-Myers Squibb
    Viread ® (tenofovir DF) Gilead Sciences
    Zerit ® (d4T) Bristol-Myers Squibb
    Ziagen ® (abacavir) GlaxoSmithKline
    Non-nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors (NNRTIs)
    Rescriptor ® (delavirdine) Pfizer
    Sustiva ® (efavirenz) Bristol-Myers Squibb
    Viramune ® (nevirapine) Boehringer Ingelheim
    Protease Inhibitors (PIs)
    Agenerase ® (amprenavir) GlaxoSmithKline/Vertex
    Aptivus ® (tipranivir)a Boehringer Ingelheim
    Crixivan ® (indinavir) Merck & Co.
    Invirase ® (saquinavir) Hoffmann-La Roche
    Lexiva ® (fosamprenavir) GlaxoSmithKline/Vertex
    Lopinavirb Abbott Laboratories
    Norvir ® (ritonavir) Abbott Laboratories
    Reyataz ® (atazanavir) Bristol-Myers Squibb
    Viracept ® (nelfinavir) Pfizer
    Fusion Inhibitors (Fis)
    Fuzeon ® (T-20) Trimeris/Hoffmann-La Roche
    aTo be co-administered with ritonavir to boost therapeutic levels of Aptivus ®.
    bSold only in combination with ritonavir under the trade name Kaletra ®.
  • TABLE 5
    Dosing regimens of marketed HIV-1 antiviral agents
    Generic Name Brand/other Name Dosage* Formulation Manufacturer Approval date
    Nonnucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors (NNRTIs)
    Delavirdine Rescriptor, DLV 400 (4 × 100 or 2 × 200) mg Tablet Pfizer Apr. 04, 1997
    tid
    Efavirenz Sustiva, EFV 600 mg qd Tablet Bristol-Myers Squibb Sep. 17, 1998
    Nevirapine Viramune, NVP 200 mg bid (qd first 2 Tablet Boehringer Ingelheim Jun. 21, 1996
    wks of Rx)
    Nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors (NRTIs)
    Abacavir Ziagen, ABC 600 (2 × 300) mg qd or Tablet GlaxoSmithKline Dec. 17, 1998
    300 mg bid
    Abacavir, Epzicom **600/300 mg qd Tablet GlaxoSmithKline Aug. 02, 2004
    Lamivudine
    Abacavir, Trizivir **300/150/300 mg qd Tablet GlaxoSmithKline Nov. 14, 2000
    Lamivudine,
    Zidovudine
    Didanosine Videx, ddI, Videx 400 mg qd (≧60 kg) or Delayed- Bristol-Myers Squibb Oct. 09, 1991;
    EC 250 mg qd (<60 kg) release Capsule Oct. 31, 2000 (EC)
    Emtricitabine Emtriva, FTC, 200 mg qd Capsule Gilead Sciences Jul. 02, 2003
    Coviracil
    EmtricitabineT Truvada **200/300 mg qd Tablet Gilead Sciences Aug. 02, 2004
    enofovir DF
    Lamivudine Epivir, 3TC 300 mg qd or 150 mg bid Tablet GlaxoSmithKline Nov. 17, 1995
    Lamivudine, Combivir **150/300 mg bid Tablet GlaxoSmithKline Sep. 27, 1997
    Zidovudine
    Stavudine Zerit, d4T 40 mg bid (≧60 kg) or Capsule Bristol-Myers Squibb Jun. 24, 1994
    30 mg bid (<60 kg)
    Tenofovir DF Viread, TDF 300 mg qd Tablet Gilead Sciences Oct. 26, 2001
    Zalcitabine Hivid, ddC 0.750 mg tid Tablet Hoffmann-La Roche Jun. 19, 1992
    Zidovudine Retrovir, AZT, 300 mg bid or 200 Tablet or GlaxoSmithKline Mar. 19, 1987
    ZDV (2 × 100) mg tid Capsule
    Protease Inhibitors (PIs)
    Amprenavir Agenerase, APV 1200 (8 × 150) mg bid Capsule GSK, Vertex Apr. 15, 1999
    Atazanavir Reyataz, ATV Naïve pts: 400 (2 × 200) Capsule Bristol-Myers Squibb Jun. 20, 2003
    mg qd
    Salvage: 300 (2 × 150) mg
    qd w/ritonavir 100 mg
    qd
    Fosamprenavir Lexiva, FPV 1400 (2 × 700) mg bid Tablet GSK, Vertex Oct. 20, 2003
    Indinavir Crixivan, IDV 800 (2 × 400) mg tid Capsule Merck Mar. 13, 1996
    Lopinavir, Kaletra, LPV/r **400/100 Capsule Abbott Laboratories Sep. 15, 2000
    Ritonavir (3 × 133.3/33.3) mg bid
    Nelfinavir Viracept, NFV 1250 mg (5 × 250 or 2 × Tablet Agouron Mar. 14, 1997
    625) bid or 750 mg
    (3 × 250) tid
    Ritonavir Norvir, RTV 600 (6 × 100) mg bid Capsule Abbott Laboratories Mar. 01, 1996
    Saquinavir Fortovase, SQV 1200 (6 × 200) mg tid Capsule Hoffmann-La Roche Nov. 07, 1997
    Invirase 1000 (5 × 200) mg bid Capsule Hoffmann-La Roche Dec. 06, 1995
    w/ritonavir 100 mg bid
    Tipranivir Aptivus 1000 (2 × 250) mg bid w/ Capsule Boehringer Ingelheim Jun. 23, 2005
    ritonavir (2 × 100) mg bid
    Fusion Inhibitors (FIs)
    Enfuvirtide Fuzeon, T-20 sc: 90 mg (1 ml) bid Reconstituted Hoffmann-La Mar. 13, 2003
    solution Roche, Trimeris
    *Adult doses unadjusted for combination therapies; Route of administration: po unless otherwise indicated
    **Combination therapies administered in a single formulation
    Legend:
    qd = once daily
    bid = twice daily
    tid = three times daily
    po = oral administration
    sc = subcutaneous administration
  • This invention further provides a composition of matter comprising (a) a monoclonal antibody (e.g., PRO140) which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5+CD4+ cells, and (b) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist (e.g., any of SCH-D, UK-427,857, TAK-779, TAK-652, GW873140 and RANTES). The composition can further comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This invention also provides a method for determining whether a monoclonal antibody (e.g., PRO140) which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5+CD4+ cells, behaves synergistically with a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist with respect to inhibiting fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5+CD4+ cells, comprising determining the presence or absence of such synergy according to the experimental methods detailed below. Finally, this invention provides a kit for performing the instant methods comprising, in separate compartments and preferably in readily administrable forms, (a) a monoclonal antibody (e.g., PRO140) which (i) binds to a CCR5 receptor and (ii) inhibits fusion of HIV-1 to CCR5+CD4+ cells, and (b) a non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist (e.g., any of SCH-D, UK-427,857, TAK-779, TAK-652, GW873140 and RANTES). The antibody and antagonist are each preferably admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • The following Experimental Details are set forth to aid in an understanding of the subject matter of this disclosure, but are not intended to, and should not be construed to, limit in any way the claims which follow thereafter.
  • EXPERIMENTAL DETAILS Part I Materials and Methods
  • Compounds and mAbs
  • PRO140 was prepared by expression in Sp2/0 cells using Hybridoma serum-free medium supplemented with 2 mM L-glutamine (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). Bulk mAb was clarified using a 5.0 μm Depth filter (Sartorius, Goettingen, Germany) followed by passage over a 0.2 μm sterilizing grade filter (Sartorius). The mAb was purified by passage first over an affinity column (MabSelect Protein A column, Amersham, Piscataway, N.J.) and then by ion exchange chromatography (SP Sepharose Cation Exchange resin, Amersham). PRO140 was nanofiltered using a Viresolve™ 10 Opticap NFP capsule (Millipore, Billerica, Mass.) followed by a 0.2 μm filter and concentrated/diafiltered over disposable TFF cartridges (Millipore). The mAb was then polished over a hydroxyapatite column (Bio-Rad, Hercules, Calif.), concentrated to 10 mg/ml in phosphate-buffered saline and stored at −70° C. or colder prior to use.
  • RANTES was purchased from R&D Systems (Minneapolis, Minn.). The anti-CCR5 mAb 2D7 was purchased from BD Biosciences (Cat. #555993), and the anti-CCR5 mAb CTC5 was purchased from R&D Systems (Cat. #FAB 1802P).
  • RET Assay
  • The HIV-1 RET assay has been described in detail previously (Litwin et al., 1996). Briefly, fluorescein octadecyl ester (F18; Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.; 5 mg/ml in ethanol), was diluted 1:800 in DMEM labeling medium (DMEM; Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS; Hylone, Logan, Utah) and adjusted to an A506 of 0.34±10%. Octadecyl rhodamine B chloride (R18; Molecular Probes; 10 mg/ml in ethanol) was diluted 1:2050 in labeling medium and adjusted to an A565 of 0.52±10%. Both dyes were further diluted 2-fold by addition to cells in T75-cm2 flasks. HeLa-EnvJRFL and CEM NKR-CCR5 cells were incubated overnight in F18- and R18-containing culture medium, respectively. The following day, medium from HeLa-EnvJRFL cells was removed and 10 ml of 0.5 mM EDTA was added and incubated at 37° C. for 5 min. EDTA was removed and the flask was returned to the incubator for another 5 min followed by striking of the flask to dislodge cells. Ten ml of PBS− with 15% FBS were added to the flask and the contents were transferred to a 50-ml conical centrifuge tube. Suspension CEM NKR-CCR5 cells were added directly to a separate 50-ml conical centrifuge tube. Both cell lines were centrifuged at 300×g for 5 min. The supernatant was discarded and cells were resuspended in 10 ml of PBS-/15% FBS. The centrifugation/wash step was repeated twice, after which the cells were counted and concentrations adjusted to 1.5×106 cells/ml. Ten μl of each cell type (15,000 cells) were seeded into wells of a 384-well plate. Inhibitor compounds were added immediately thereafter to bring the final well volume to 40 μl, and the plates were incubated for 4 h at 37° C. Compounds were tested individually and in combination at a fixed molar ratio or mass ratio over a range of serial dilutions. The plates were then read on a fluorescence plate reader (Victor2, Perkin Elmer, Boston, Mass.) using the excitation/emission filter combinations shown in Table 6.
  • TABLE 6
    Excitation/emission filter combinations for RET assay
    Scan No. Excitation wavelength Emission wavelength
    1 450 nm/50 nm 530 nm/25 nm
    2 530 nm/25 nm 590 nm/35 nm
    3 450 nm/50 nm 590 nm/35 nm
  • The “% RET” was calculated according to the following formula after subtraction of background (blank) readings:

  • %RET=100×[(A 3−(A 1 ×F spill)−(A 2 ×F spill))/A 2]
  • Where:
      • Fspill=HeLa cells alone, Scan 3/Scan 1;
      • Rspill=CEM cells alone, Scan 3/Scan 2;
      • A1=Scan 1 value for HeLa and CEM cells in combination;
      • A2=Scan 2 value for HeLa and CEM cells in combination; and
      • A3=Scan 3 value for HeLa and CEM cells in combination.
  • The “% Inhibition” was calculated according to the following formula:

  • %Inhibition=100×[(Max%RET−%RET for sample well)/(Max%RET−Min%RET)]
  • Where:
      • Max % RET=average of % RET values for HeLa and CEM cell combination without added inhibitor; and
      • Min % RET=average of % RET values for HeLa and CEM cell combination in presence of 500 ng/ml of Leu-3a mAb (an antibody that targets CD4 and fully blocks fusion in the RET assay at this concentration).
  • Fifty percent inhibition (IC50) values were determined by fitting the inhibition data with a non-linear, four-parameter, variable slope equation (GraphPad Prism, 4.02; GraphPad Software, San Diego, Calif.). Upper and lower inhibition values were constrained to 100% and 0%, respectively for curve fitting.
  • Preparation of PBMCs
  • Replication of authentic HIV-1 is measured in activated peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) using the monocyte/macrophage-tropic HIV-1 clone, JRFL (HIV-1JRFL), for these studies.
  • PBMCs are isolated from 4 separate donors (Leukopacks) by centrifugation on a Ficoll gradient. CD8 cells are depleted using RosetteSep CD8 Depletion Cocktail (#15663, StemCell Research, Vancouver, BC). Cells are diluted to 4×106/ml and added in equal parts to three T175-cm2 flasks and then stimulated by addition of one of the following media: IL-2 Medium [RPMI 1640 (#10-040-CV, Cellgro, Herndon, Va.), 10% FBS (#35-010-CV), 2 mM L-Glutamine (#25-005-CI), 100 U/ml IL-2 (Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.)]; PHA 5 Medium: [IL-2 Medium with 5 ug/ml Phytohemagglutinin PHA-P (PHA) (#IL8754, Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.), filtered]; or PHA 0.5 Medium: [IL-2 Medium with 0.5 ug/ml PHA, filtered]. Each flask receives a total of 50-150 ml of medium. Flasks are incubated for 3 days at 37° C. followed by pooling of the contents prior to use in the infection assay.
  • Virus Titration
  • Serial dilutions of virus are tested in quadruplicate on activated PBMCs (1.4×105 PBMC/well). Titration Medium [IL-2 Medium with 100 IU/ml penicillin/streptomycin (#30-002-CI, Cellgro)] is utilized for virus titrations. Fifty μl of diluted virus is added to 100 μl of PBMCs in flat bottom, tissue-culture treated 96-well plates (VWR# 29442-054, Corning, Corning, N.Y.) and the plates are incubated at 37° C. in a humidified, 5% CO2 incubator. After 7 days, 50 μl are removed from each well and tested for virus levels by p24 antigen ELISA (Perkin Elmer, Boston, Mass.). Virus titer is determined by the method of Reed and Muench (Table 11, see below).
  • Neutralization Assay
  • Stimulated PBMCs are seeded into wells of 96-well flat bottom plates at a density of 1.4×105 cells/well. Virus is diluted to 2,000 TCID50/ml and mixed with serial 0.5 log10 dilutions of compound for 1 h at 37° C. prior to addition to the cell plates. The final amount of virus added per well is 100 TCID50. The final DMSO concentration in the assay is always 0.5% whenever small molecule inhibitors are being tested. Plates are incubated at 37° C. for 5 days, at which time an aliquot of supernatant is removed for p24 antigen ELISA. If control wells (virus without inhibitor) exhibit low p24 antigen levels then the plates are brought back to full volume with Titration medium and incubated for an additional 24 h.
  • Data Analysis
  • Neutralization activity is displayed by plotting the percent inhibition of p24 antigen production (after background values are subtracted from all datapoints) versus log10 drug concentration. The percent inhibition is derived as follows [1−(p24 levels in the presence of drug/p24 levels in the absence of drug)]×100. IC50 values are determined by fitting the inhibition data with a non-linear, four-parameter, variable slope equation (GraphPad Prism, ver. 4.02; GraphPad Software, San Diego, Calif.). Upper and lower inhibition values are constrained to 100% and 0%, respectively for curve fitting.
  • Phase 1a Clinical Study
  • Individuals were treated in sequential, dose-rising cohorts of 5 subjects (4 active and 1 placebo) each and evaluated for up to 120 days post-treatment. A population of healthy, i.e., HIV-1 uninfected, male volunteers with no abnormal findings on physical exam, medical history and ECG, aged 19-50, was administered a single intravenous infusion of PRO140 (0.1, 0.5, 2.0 and 5.0 mg per kg body weight). Safety assessments consisted of monitoring the following: vital signs (blood pressure, pulse, temperature, etc; hematology (hemoglobin, hematocrit, leukocytes, platelets, etc.); serum chemistries (AST/ALT, alkaline phosphatase, BUN, creatinine, etc.); urinalysis (pH, specific gravity, protein, glucose, leukocytes, etc.); and ECGs (12-lead).
  • Measurement of Coating of CCR5 Cells by PRO140
  • Whole blood specimens were combined separately with the indicated phycoerythrin-labeled anti-CCR5 antibodies or with appropriate isotype-control antibodies. Erythocytes were lysed and leukocytes were stabilized using the ImmunoPrep Reagent System (Beckman Coulter), and the cells were analyzed on a TQ Prep™ flow cytometry workstation (Beckman Coulter). Data were expressed as the percent of CCR5 cells relative to all cells gated in the analysis. CTC5 is an anti-CCR5 antibody that does not compete with PRO140. 2D7 is an anti-CCR5 antibody that does compete with PRO140.
  • Measurement of Serum Concentrations of PRO140
  • Sera were diluted as appropriate and combined with L1.2-CCR5 cells, which are mouse pre-B lymphoma cells engineered to stably express human CCR5. In order to generate a standard curve, PRO 140 standard was tested in parallel at concentrations ranging from 0.062 to 4.0 μg/ml in 10% normal human serum (NHS). 10% NHS containing no PRO140 was analyzed as a negative control. Following incubation with test samples, cells were washed and combined with a FITC-labeled sheep antibody against human IgG4 (The Binding Site Limited, Cat. #AF009). Cells were washed again and analyzed by flow cytometry. The concentration of PRO140 was determined by comparing the median fluorescence intensity (MFI) of the test sample with MFI values of the standard curve.
  • Determination of Plasma RANTES Concentration
  • The assay employed the Quantikine™ Human RANTES Immunoassay Kit (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.). Briefly, platelet-poor plasma was collected in CTAD/EDTA tubes and stored at −20° C. Test samples and RANTES standard were added to microtiter plates that were pre-coated with a mouse monoclonal antibody to RANTES. Following incubation, plates were washed and contacted with an anti-RANTES polyclonal antibody conjugated to horseradish peroxidase (HRP). Plates were washed again prior to addition of tetramethlybenzidine substrate for colorimetric detection. The Lower Limit of Quantification of the assay was 415 pg RANTES/ml plasma.
  • Results and Discussion
  • PRO140 is a humanized IgG4,κ anti-CCR5 mAb being developed for HIV-1 therapy. This antibody has been shown to broadly and potently inhibit CCR5-mediated fusion of HIV-1 to target cells in vitro. PRO140 is also highly active in a therapeutic hu-PBL-SCID mouse model, and preliminary data are now available from a Phase 1a clinical study in healthy human subjects.
  • In Vitro Antiviral Activity of PRO140
  • Murine and humanized PRO140 were tested against four primary R5HIV-1 isolates as described in the Methods. FIG. 1 shows that PRO140 has potent antiviral activity in vitro, neutralizing a variety of primary R5 strains with an IC90 of 3-4 μg/ml. PRO140 exhibited similar antiviral activity to the murine mAb, PA14, from which PRO140 is derived.
  • Preliminary Data from PHASE 1a Clinical Study
  • The primary objective of the Phase 1a study was to evaluate the safety and tolerability of PRO140 given as a single dose in a rising dose cohort regimen in healthy male subjects. The secondary objectives were (1) to gain information about the pharmacokinetics of intravenously administered PRO 140, and (2) to gain information on the effects of PRO140 on blood levels of CCR5+ cells and chemokines.
  • Pharmacokinetics of PRO140
  • Healthy male volunteers were treated with a single intravenous infusion of PRO140 at dose levels of 0.1, 0.5, 2.0 and 5.0 mg/kg. PRO140 and placebo were generally well tolerated with no significant changes in ECGs and no dose-limiting toxicity.
  • Serum was collected post-treatment, cryopreserved, and analyzed for PRO140 levels. Peak serum concentrations ranged to 3 mg/ml at 0.1 mg/kg and 12 mg/ml at 0.5 mg/kg. Serum concentrations remained detectable (>400 ng/ml for up to 5 days at 0.1 mg/kg, 21 days at 0.5 mg/kg, and for over 60 days following a single 2 mg/kg injection (FIG. 7). Serum concentrations of PRO140 increased proportionally with dose level, and the clearance rate was similar to that of other humanized mAbs. Pharmacokinetic (PK) metrics were determined using WinNonLin (PharSight Corporation, Mountain View, Calif.) using a noncompartmental model, and the terminal serum half-life of PRO140 was determined to be 10-12 days. As expected, no subject developed antibodies to the humanized PRO140.
  • Coating and Non-Depletion of CCR5 Lymphocytes by PRO140
  • Healthy male volunteers (n=4) were treated with a single intravenous infusion of PRO140 at a dose level of 2 mg/kg. For up to 60 days post-treatment, at the times indicated in FIG. 6, blood was collected and analyzed for CCR5 lymphocyte levels.
  • Following treatment with PRO140, there was no decrease in the overall number of CCR5 lymphocytes at measured by CTC5 binding; however, the binding of antibody 2D7 was significantly decreased (FIG. 6). Background binding of isotype control antibodies was unchanged. Since the binding of CTC5 is not decreased by the presence of PRO140, the CTC5-PE values are a measure of the total number of circulating CCR5 lymphocytes. Since 2D7 competes with PRO140, the 2D7-PE values reflect the number of CCR5 lymphocytes that are not coated with PRO140.
  • The data indicate that a single 2 mg/kg dose of PRO140 effectively coats CCR5 lymphocytes without cellular depletion for two weeks, and cells remain partially coated for >4 weeks. In addition, CCR5 coating was more prolonged in patients treated with 5 mg/kg PRO140. The data indicate that a single 5 mg/kg dose of PRO140 effectively coats CCR5 lymphocytes without cellular depletion and the cells remain partially coated for >60 days (FIG. 13). Since CCR5 coating is the mechanism whereby PRO 140 inhibits HIV, viral loads in HIV-infected individuals could be expected to decrease in a similar temporal manner.
  • Effect of PRO140 on Plasma Chemokine Levels
  • Healthy male volunteers were treated with a single intravenous infusion of 0.1 mg/kg PRO140 (Cohort 1), 0.5 mg/kg PRO140 (Cohort 2) or matched placebo. Plasma was collected post-treatment at the indicated times, cryopreserved and analyzed for levels of RANTES, a CC-chemokine that serves as a natural ligand for CCR5. RANTES levels were measured by ELISA in platelet-depleted plasma pre-dose and up to 28 days post-dose. As shown in FIG. 8, there was no significant change in RANTES levels following PRO140 treatment (P>0.14 all times). These data are consistent with in vitro findings that PRO140 does not antagonize CCR5 function. The findings suggest that PRO140 does not have untoward effects on CCR5-mediated immune function in treated patients.
  • The results described herein indicate that in addition to PRO140 broadly and potently inhibiting CCR5-mediated HIV-1 entry without CCR5 antagonism or other immunologic side effects in preclinical testing, this has demonstrated favorable tolerability, PK and immunologic profiles in preliminary results from an ongoing Phase 1a study in healthy volunteers. Thus, in many respects, PRO140 offers a novel and attractive product profile for anti-HIV-1 therapy.
  • Moreover, the activities of anti-CCR5 mAbs are fundamentally distinct from, but complementary to, those of small-molecule CCR5 antagonists (see Table 2) which are also currently undergoing human clinical trials. PRO140 has recently been shown to work synergistically with non-antibody CCR5 antagonists in inhibiting CCR5-mediated HIV-1 fusion to target cells. Accordingly, combination therapy comprising administration of anti-CCR5 mAbs and non-antibody CCR5 antagonists may offer powerfully effective, new approaches to preventing and treating HIV-1 infection.
  • Part II Example 1 Combination Testing of PRO140 and HIV-1 Entry Inhibitors in the Fluorescence ret ASSAY Materials and Methods
  • Compounds and mAbs
  • PRO140 was prepared by expression in Sp2/0 cells using Hybridoma serum-free medium supplemented with 2 mM L-glutamine (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). Bulk mAb was clarified using a 5.0 μm Depth filter (Sartorius, Goettingen, Germany) followed by passage over a 0.2 μm sterilizing grade filter (Sartorius). The mAb was purified by passage first over an affinity column (MabSelect Protein A column, Amersham, Piscataway, N.J.) and then by ion exchange chromatography (SP Sepharose Cation Exchange resin, Amersham). PRO140 was nanofiltered using a Viresolve™ 10 Opticap NFP capsule (Millipore, Billerica, Mass.) followed by a 0.2 μm filter and concentrated/diafiltered over disposable TFF cartridges (Millipore). The mAb was then polished over a hydroxyapatite column (Bio-Rad, Hercules, Calif.), concentrated to 10 mg/ml in phosphate-buffered saline and stored at −70° C. or colder prior to use.
  • SCH-D (Schering Plough; Tagat et al., 2004), TAK-779 (Takeda Pharmaceuticals; Shiraishi et al., 2000), UK427,857 (Pfizer; Wood and Armour, 2005), and BMS378806 (Bristol-Myers Squibb; Lin et al., 2003) were prepared by commercial sources.
  • SCH-D has the following structure:
  • Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-C00001
      • SCH-D (also designated SCH-417690): 1-[(4,6-dimethyl-5-pyrimidinyl)carbonyl]-4-[4-[2-methoxy-1(R)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl-3(S)-methyl-1-piperazinyl]-4-methylpiperidine (Schering-Plough)
  • SCH-D was synthesized according to the procedure described in Tagat et al. (2004) and set forth in FIG. 1.
  • TAK-779 has the following structure:
  • Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-C00002
  • TAK-779 was synthesized according to the procedure described in Shiraishi et al. (2000) and set forth in FIG. 2.
  • TAK-652 has the following structure:
  • Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-C00003
  • UK-427,857 has the following structure:
  • Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-C00004
  • UK-427,857 was synthesized according to the procedure described in PCT International Publication No. WO 01/90106 and set forth in FIG. 3.
  • BMS378806 has the following structure:
  • Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-C00005
      • BMS378806: (R)—N-(benzoyl)-3-methyl-N′-[(4-methoxy-7-azaindol-3-yl)-oxoacetyl]-piperazine (Bristol-Myers Squibb)
  • It was synthesized according to the procedure described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,476,034 (compound 17a).
  • Nevirapine (Boehringer Ingelheim; Merluzzi et al., 1990) and atazanavir (Bristol-Myers Squibb; Robinson et al., 2000) were purchased from commercial sources. PRO542 was expressed in Chinese hamster ovary cells and purified as described previously (Allaway et al., 1995). T-20 (Fuzeon®) was synthesized by solid-phase fluoroenylmethoxycarbonyl chemistry, was purified by reverse-phase chromatography and was analyzed for purity and size by HPLC and mass spectroscopy as described previously (Nagashima et al., 2001). AZT was purchased from Sigma Chemicals (St. Louis, Mo). RANTES was purchased from R&D Systems (Minneapolis, Minn.). The anti-CCR5 mAb 2D7 was purchased from Pharmingen (San Diego, Calif.), and the anti-CD4 mAb Leu-3A was purchased from Becton Dickinson (Franklin Lakes, N.J.).
  • For testing, small molecule compounds were solubilized in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) to 10 mM and then diluted in DMSO to 200× the final concentration to be utilized in the antiviral assay. Serial dilutions of small molecules were conducted in DMSO. Subsequent dilutions were conducted in medium to achieve a final DMSO concentration in the assay of 0.5%. Peptides and mAbs were diluted in PBS in the absence of DMSO. Typically, inhibitor concentrations in the RET assay included eleven 3-fold dilutions ranging from 200 nM to 3.0 μM.
  • Cell Preparation
  • HeLa cells were engineered to express HIV-1 gp120/gp41 from the macrophage-tropic primary isolate JRFL as described (HeLa-EnvJRFL; Litwin et al., 1996). Briefly, the HIV-1LAI Env gene was excised from the plasmid pMA243 (Dragic et al., 1992) and the HIV-1JRFL Env gene was inserted. The HIV-1JRFL Env gene was amplified from the plasmid pUCFL112-1 (Koyanagi et al., 1987). The resulting plasmid, designated JR-FL-pMA243, was sequenced by standard methods and transfected into HeLa cells using lipofectin (Gibco BRL/Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). HeLa-EnvJRFL transfectants were selected in methotrexate (Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.) and cloned twice by limiting dilution. The transduced human T cell leukemia line CEM NKR-CCR5 cells were obtained from the NIH AIDS Research and Reference Program (Cat. No. 458).
  • RET Assay
  • The HIV-1 RET assay has been described in detail previously (Litwin et al., 1996). Briefly, fluorescein octadecyl ester (F18; Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.; 5 mg/ml in ethanol), was diluted 1:800 in DMEM labeling medium (DMEM; Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS; HyClone, Logan, Utah) and adjusted to an A506 of 0.34±10%. Octadecyl rhodamine B chloride (R18; Molecular Probes; 10 mg/ml in ethanol) was diluted 1:2050 in labeling medium and adjusted to an A565 of 0.52±10%. Both dyes were further diluted 2-fold by addition to cells in T75-cm2 flasks. HeLa-EnvJRFL and CEM NKR-CCR5 cells were incubated overnight in F18- and R18-containing culture medium, respectively. The following day, medium from HeLa-EnvJRFL cells was removed and 10 ml of 0.5 mM EDTA was added and incubated at 37° C. for 5 min. EDTA was removed and the flask was returned to the incubator for another 5 min followed by striking of the flask to dislodge cells. Ten ml of PBS− with 15% FBS were added to the flask and the contents were transferred to a 50-ml conical centrifuge tube. Suspension CEM NKR-CCR5 cells were added directly to a separate 50-ml conical centrifuge tube. Both cell lines were centrifuged at 300×g for 5 min. The supernatant was discarded and cells were resuspended in 10 ml of PBS−/15% FBS. The centrifugation/wash step was repeated twice, after which the cells were counted and concentrations adjusted to 1.5×106 cells/ml. Ten μl of each cell type (15,000 cells) were seeded into wells of a 384-well plate. Inhibitor compounds were added immediately thereafter to bring the final well volume to 40 μl, and the plates were incubated for 4 h at 37° C. Compounds were tested individually and in combination at a fixed molar ratio or mass ratio over a range of serial dilutions. The plates were then read on a fluorescence plate reader (Victor2, Perkin Elmer, Boston, Mass.) using the excitation/emission filter combinations shown in Table 6.
  • TABLE 6
    Excitation/emission filter combinations for RET assay
    Scan No. Excitation wavelength Emission wavelength
    1 450 nm/50 nm 530 nm/25 nm
    2 530 nm/25 nm 590 nm/35 nm
    3 450 nm/50 nm 590 nm/35 nm
  • The “% RET” was calculated according to the following formula after subtraction of background (blank) readings:

  • %RET=100×[(A 3−(A 1 ×F spill)−(A 2 ×R spill))/A 2]
  • Where:
      • Fspill=HeLa cells alone, Scan 3/Scan 1;
      • R=spill=CEM cells alone, Scan 3/Scan 2;
      • A1=Scan 1 value for HeLa and CEM cells in combination;
      • A2=Scan 2 value for HeLa and CEM cells in combination; and
      • A3=Scan 3 value for HeLa and CEM cells in combination.
  • The “% Inhibition” was calculated according to the following formula:

  • %Inhibition=100×[(Max%RET−%RET for sample well)/(Max%RET−Min%RET)]
  • Where:
      • Max % RET=average of % RET values for HeLa and CEM cell combination without added inhibitor; and
      • Min % RET=average of % RET values for HeLa and CEM cell combination in presence of 500 ng/ml of Leu-3a mAb (an antibody that targets CD4 and fully blocks fusion in the RET assay at this concentration).
  • Fifty percent inhibition (IC50) values were determined by fitting the inhibition data with a non-linear, four-parameter, variable slope equation (GraphPad Prism, ver. 4.02; GraphPad Software, San Diego, A). Upper and lower inhibition values were constrained to 100% and 0%, respectively for curve fitting.
  • Synergy Determinations
  • Cooperative inhibition effects of drug combinations were determined by the method of Chou and Talalay (1984). IC50 values were generated for all combinations as described above. Combination Index (CI) and Dose Reduction (DR) values were calculated according to the following formulas:
  • CI = [ IC 50 Dcomb 1 IC 50 Dsolo 1 ] + [ IC 50 Dcomb 2 IC 50 Dsolo 2 ] + α [ ( IC 50 Dcomb 1 ) ( IC 50 Dcomb 2 ) ( IC 50 Dsolo 1 ) ( IC 50 Dsolo 2 ) ]
    DR(for compound 1)=(IC 50 Dsolo1/IC 50 Dcomb1)

  • DR(for compound 2)=(IC 50 Dsolo2/IC 50 Dcomb2)
  • Where:
      • “IC50 Dcomb1”=IC50 of drug 1 in combination with drug 2;
      • “IC50 Dsolo1”=IC50 of drug 1 when tested alone;
      • “IC50 Dcomb2”=IC50 of drug 2 in combination with drug 1;
      • “IC50 Dsolo2”=IC50 of drug 2 when tested alone;
      • α=0 if the effects of the two drugs are mutually exclusive; and
      • α=1 if the effects of the two drugs are mutually nonexclusive
  • Combinations with CI<1 are determined to be synergistic, whereas combinations with CI>1 are determined to be antagonistic. Additivity is reflected in combinations for which CI=1.
  • Ninety five percent Confidence Intervals were calculated in Microsoft Excel using the formula:

  • =Confidence(alpha,stdev,n)
  • Where:
      • alpha=0.05 (95% confidence);
      • stdev=standard deviation of dataset mean; and
      • n=number of replicates.
    Results Preparation of Small-Molecule Fusion Inhibitors
  • SCH-D, TAK-779, UK-427,857, and BMS378806 were prepared by commercial sources. The desired quantities and HPLC purity of the compounds were realized. Purity of the compounds was supported by results obtained from elemental analysis, and the identities of the products were confirmed by proton NMR (proton and carbon-13) and/or mass spectrum data.
  • Synergistic Interactions Revealed by RET Assay
  • Synergy experiments were conducted using the cell-cell RET fusion assay to assess initially the potential for cooperative interactions between PRO140 and small-molecule and peptide-based inhibitors of CCR5, CD4, HIV-1 gp120 and HIV-1 gp41. The experiments were then extended to the CCR5-specific murine monoclonal antibody, 2D7 (Wu et al., 1997). Experiments measuring inhibition of HIV-1 Env-mediated fusion were first conducted using combinations of PRO140 with, respectively, PRO140 itself, 3 small-molecule CCR5 antagonists (SCH-D, TAK-779, UK427857), the natural peptide ligand of CCR5 (RANTES), and an anti-CCR5 mAb (2D7), a peptide-based inhibitor of gp41 (T-20), a protein-based inhibitor of gp120 (PRO542), a small-molecule inhibitor of gp120 (BMS378806), and an anti-CD4 mAb (Leu3A). Mass ratios of PRO 140 to other entry inhibitors ranged from 0.75 to 364. The results are shown in Table 7.
  • TABLE 7
    Combination Index and Dose Reduction Values for inhibition of HIV-1
    Env-mediated fusion with combinations of PRO 140 and entry inhibitors
    Mean Dose Mean Dose
    PRO
    140 in Reduction Reduction (Cpd
    combination No. of Cpd mass Inhibitor Mean CIc (PRO 140) in combination)
    with:a tests ratiosb target Cell-cell fusion assay
    PRO
    140 9 1 CCR5 0.97 ± 0.08 2.07 ± 0.18 2.07 ± 0.18
    TAK-779 8 282 CCR5 0.36 ± 0.10 4.10 ± 2.03 15.86 ± 7.10 
    SCH-D 9 279 CCR5 0.51 ± 0.05 4.21 ± 0.96 3.90 ± 0.71
    UK-427, 857 3 292 CCR5 0.59 ± 0.04 4.16 ± 0.41 2.98 ± 0.65
    RANTES 4 19 CCR5 0.59 ± 0.08 4.13 ± 0.99 3.24 ± 1.06
    2D7 2 1 CCR5 0.93 ± 0.04 1.87 ± 0.07 2.54 ± 0.13
    T-20 7 33 gp41 0.84 ± 0.16 1.77 ± 0.40 7.47 ± 3.34
    PRO 542 6 0.75 gp120 0.96 ± 0.17 1.59 ± 0.21 5.54 ± 1.49
    BMS-378806 7 364 gp120 1.21 ± 0.21 1.64 ± 0.30 2.85 ± 0.76
    aCompounds were tested at a 1:1 molar ratio.
    bMass of PRO 140/mass of other HIV-1 entry inhibitor tested in combination. Molecular weights of inhibitors are: PRO 140 ≈ 150,000 g/mole; SCH-D = 538 g/mole; TAK-779 = 531 g/mole (hydrochloride salt); UK-427,857 = 514 g/mole; RANTES ≈ 7,800 g/mole; 2D7 ≈ 150,000 g/mole; T-20 = 4,492 g/mole; PRO 542 ≈ 200,000 g/mole; BMS-378806 = 412 g/mole.
    cCombination Index at IC50 value. The mutually exclusive CI formula (α = 0) was utilized for PRO 140 in combination with molecules that bind CCR5, and the mutually non-exclusive formula (α = 1) was utilized for PRO 140 in combination with molecules that bind other targets (Chou and Rideout, 1991).
  • Two small-molecule CCR5 antagonists, SCH-D and TAK-779, were assayed in combination. PRO 542, a recombinant antibody-like fusion protein in which the heavy- and light-chain variable domains of human IgG2 have been replaced with the D1D2 domains of human CD4, was also tested in combination with the anti-CD4 mAb, Leu-3A. The results of these assays are shown in Table 8.
  • TABLE 8
    Other drug combinations tested in the RET assay for cooperativity
    Molar ratios Mean CI ± Mean DR Mean DR
    Drug
    1 Drug 2 (Drug 1 to 2) N stdeva (Drug 1) (Drug 2)
    SCH-D TAK-779 1:1 4b 1.12 ± 0.32 1.48 ± 0.96 4.31 ± 1.82
    PRO 542 Leu-3A 22.9:1   2 16.9 ± 0.3  0.7 ± 0   0.16 ± 0  
    aCI values were calculated using the mutually exclusive formula for SCH-D vs. TAK-779 (i.e., where α = 0) and the mutually non-exclusive formula for PRO 542 vs. Leu-3A (i.e., where α = 1; see methods).
    bOne aberrant datapoint was culled from the calculation of Mean CI and Mean DRs.
  • The effect of varying the relative amounts of compounds in the combinations on the level of cooperativity was also measured. Molar ratios of 5:1 and 1:5 PRO140 were used. The results are tabulated in Table 9, and the mean CI values with 95% confidence intervals are plotted in FIG. 4 for the 1:1 molar ratio data. In addition to PRO140, the inhibitory activity of mAb 2D7, a CCR5-specific murine antibody (Wu et al., 1997) was also tested in combination with the small-molecule CCR5 antagonists and with RANTES using the fluorescent RET assay. The results are shown in Table 10.
  • TABLE 9
    Combination Index and Dose Reduction Values for inhibition of HIV-1 Env-mediated
    fusion with combinations of PRO 140 and entry inhibitors
    Mean Mean Dose
    PRO 140 in Combination Reduction Mean Dose Reduction
    combination Cpd Mass Indexc (PRO 140) (Cpd. in combination)
    with: Ratioa Ratiosb Cell-cell fusion assay
    PRO 140 5:1 5 1.15 ± 0.09 1.05 ± 0.08 5.26 ± 0.41
    PRO 140 1:5 0.2 1.09 ± 0.08 5.54 ± 0.38 1.10 ± 0.08
    TAK-779 5:1 1410 0.57 ± 0.07 1.89 ± 0.14 33.59 ± 18.85
    TAK-779 1:5 56.4 0.52 ± 0.20 5.58 ± 0.52 3.78 ± 1.95
    SCH-D 5:1 1395 0.66 ± 0.10 1.92 ± 0.40 8.44 ± 1.27
    SCH-D 1:5 55.8 0.69 ± 0.05 9.95 ± 2.03 1.73 ± 0.19
    UK-427, 857 5:1 1460 0.66 ± 0.11 2.00 ± 0.35 7.25 ± 2.19
    UK-427, 857 1:5 58.4 0.73 ± 0.05 11.31 ± 2.14  1.58 ± 0.17
    RANTES 5:1 95 0.84 ± 0.14 1.63 ± 0.43 5.39 ± 1.13
    RANTES 1:5 3.8 0.66 ± 0.06 13.64 ± 4.75  1.75 ± 0.28
    T-20 5:1 165 1.10 ± 0.12 0.98 ± 0.11 31.85 ± 10.19
    T-20 1:5 6.6 0.76 ± 0.27 2.93 ± 0.68 3.85 ± 1.50
    PRO 542 5:1 3.75 1.13 ± 0.10 1.01 ± 0.07 15.73 ± 4.15 
    PRO 542 1:5 0.15 1.18 ± 0.17 2.83 ± 0.50 1.71 ± 0.29
    BMS-378806 5:1 1820 1.12 ± 0.10 1.14 ± 0.06 8.88 ± 4.16
    BMS-378806 1:5 72.8 1.55 ± 0.24 3.64 ± 0.73 1.07 ± 0.31
    aMolar ratio of PRO 140 to other entry inhibitor tested in combination (n = 3 for all experimental results)
    bMass of PRO 140/mass of other HIV-1 entry inhibitor tested in combination. Molecular weights of inhibitors are: PRO 140 ≈ 150,000 g/mole; SCH-D = 538 g/mole; TAK-779 = 531 g/mole (hydrochloride salt); UK-427,857 = 514 g/mole; RANTES ≈ 7,800 g/mole; T-20 = 4,492 g/mole; PRO 542 ≈ 200,000 g/mole; BMS-378806 = 412 g/mole.
    cCombination Index at IC50 value. The mutually exclusive CI formula (α = 0) was utilized for PRO 140 in combination with molecules that bind CCR5, and the mutually non-exclusive formula (α = 1) was utilized for PRO 140 in combination with molecules that bind other targets (Chou and Rideout, 1991).
  • TABLE 10
    Combination Index and Dose Reduction Values for inhibition of HIV-1
    Env-mediated fusion with combinations of 2D7 and entry inhibitors
    Mean Mean Dose Mean Dose
    2D7 in Combination Reduction Reduction (Cpd
    combination Cpd Mass Inhibitor Indexb (2D7) in combination)
    with:a Ratiosc target Cell-cell fusion assay
    TAK-779 282 CCR5 0.15 ± 0.03 17.20 ± 3.23  11.95 ± 4.94 
    SCH-D 279 CCR5 0.57 ± 0.10 3.25 ± 0.56 4.04 ± 0.78
    UK427857 292 CCR5 0.58 ± 0.03 2.45 ± 0.12 5.73 ± 0.54
    RANTES 19 CCR5 0.62 ± 0.04 1.94 ± 0.08 10.18 ± 1.86 
    PRO 140 1 CCR5 0.93 ± 0.04 2.54 ± 0.13 1.87 ± 0.07
    aCompounds were tested at a 1:1 molar ratio (all data are n = 3 except for 2D7 and PRO 140, where n = 2)
    bCombination Index at IC50 value. The mutually exclusive CI formula (α = 0) was utilized for 2D7 in combination with molecules that bind CCR5 (Chou and Rideout, 1991).
    cMass of 2D7/mass of other HIV-1 entry inhibitor tested in combination. Molecular weights of inhibitors are: 2D7 ≈ 150,000 g/mole; SCH-D = 538 g/mole; TAK-779 = 531 g/mole (hydrochloride salt); UK-427,857 = 514 g/mole; RANTES ≈ 7,800 g/mole.
  • Example 2 Combination Testing of PRO140 with Small Molecule, Peptide and Protein Inhibitors, and HIV-1 in the HIV-1 Pseudovirus Particle (HIV-1pp) Assay Materials and Methods Preparation of HIV-1 Pseudoparticles
  • HIV-1 pseudoparticles (HIV-1pp) are generated in 293T cells by transient coexpression of an HIV-1-based NL4/3luc+env− plasmid and a construct encoding HIV-1JRFL Env. The NL4/3luc+env− plasmid was obtained from the NIH AIDS Research and Reference Reagent Program (Cat. No. 3418), and the HIV-1JRFL Env was inserted into the pcDNA3.1 vector (Invitrogen). Briefly, 293T cells are calcium phosphate transfected with a 1:1 ratio of NL4/3luc+env− reporter vector and Env expression vector in Hepes buffer (Profection Mammalian Transfection Kit, Promega). After 16 h the transfection medium is aspirated and fresh cell culture medium (DMEM with 10% FBS, glutamine and antibiotics) is added and the incubation is continued at 37° C. for an additional 24-32 h. Cell culture supernatants are collected 48 h post-transfection and centrifuged at 1,400 rpm for 10 min to pellet cell debris. The viral supernatant is brought to a final concentration of 5% sucrose and stored aliquoted at −80° C.
  • Cells
  • U87-CD4-CCR5 cells were obtained from the NIH AIDS Research and Reference Program (Cat. No. 4035). These cells are maintained in culture medium (DMEM with 10% FBS, antibiotics and glutamine) containing 0.3 mg/ml G418 and 0.5 mg/ml puromycin. Cells are grown in T175-cm2 flasks at 37° C. and diluted 1:5 every 3-4 days. For assay plate preparation, cells are trypsinized and seeded into wells of 96-well tissue-culture treated flat bottom opaque polystyrene plates (Perkin Elmer, Boston, Mass.) at a density of 3×103 cells/well. Plates are incubated for no more than 4 h at 37° C. in a humidified 5% CO2 incubator prior to their use in the HIV-1pp susceptibility assay.
  • Compound Preparation
  • Fifty μl of diluted compound at 4× the desired final concentration are added per well. For compounds solubilized in DMSO, the 4× stock will contain 2% DMSO (such that the final DMSO concentration in the assay is always 0.5% for small molecules). Control wells receiving no compound are included on each plate. In addition, an AZT inhibition control is included in each assay. Compounds are tested individually and at a fixed mass or molar ratio over a broad range of concentrations.
  • Virus Addition
  • A vial of frozen, aliquoted HIV-1pp is thawed in a 37° C. waterbath and then placed on wet ice. Virus is diluted in cold cell culture medium as necessary to achieve the desired final virus concentration in the HIV-1pp assay (about 10,000 relative light units (rlu) per well). 50 μL of diluted virus are added per well, bringing the final well volume to 200 μl. A no-virus control (minimum or background luminescence) and a no-compound control (maximum luminescence) are included on each plate. The plates are incubated for 72 h at 37° C. in a humidified 5% CO2 incubator followed by processing for luciferase signal (see below).
  • Plate Processing for Luciferase Assay
  • Assay medium is aspirated and 200 μl of PBS are added to each well. The PBS is aspirated and 50 μl of 1× Cell Lysis Reagent (Promega—Cat. No. E1531) are added to each well. Assay plates are then frozen for at least 2 h at −80° C. followed by thawing at room temperature and vigorous mixing with an electronic pipettor. 25 μl from each well are transferred to an opaque 96-well plate (Costar #3922). Four replicates are pooled into the same well on the opaque plate. 100 μl of freshly thawed and reconstituted luciferase substrate (Luciferase Assay System, Promega—Cat. No. E1501) are added to each well of the plate with the electronic pipettor, and luminescence is detected immediately on a Dynex MLX plate reader set to medium gain.
  • Data Analysis
  • Neutralization activity is displayed by plotting the percent inhibition of luciferase activity (after background rlu values are subtracted from all datapoints) versus log10 drug concentration. The percent inhibition is derived as follows: [1-(luciferase activity in the presence of drug/luciferase activity in the absence of drug)]×100. IC50 values are determined by fitting the inhibition data with a non-linear, four-parameter, variable slope equation (GraphPad Prism, ver. 4.02; GraphPad Software, San Diego, Calif.). Upper and lower inhibition values are constrained to 100% and 0%, respectively for curve fitting.
  • Synergy Determination
  • Cooperative interactions between PRO140 and small-molecule and peptide-based inhibitors of CCR5, CD4, HIV-1 gp120, HIV-1 gp41 and HIV-1 reverse transcriptase (see Tables 4 and for listing of HIV-1 inhibitors approved for clinical use) are determined as described in Example 1. Cooperative inhibition effects of drug combinations are determined by the method of Chou and Talalay (1984). IC50 values are generated for all combinations as described above. Combination Index (CI) and Dose Reduction (DR) values are calculated according to the following formulas:
  • CI = [ IC 50 Dcomb 1 IC 50 Dsolo 1 ] + [ IC 50 Dcomb 2 IC 50 Dsolo 2 ] + α [ ( IC 50 Dcomb 1 ) ( IC 50 Dcomb 2 ) ( IC 50 Dsolo 1 ) ( IC 50 Dsolo 2 ) ]
    DR(for compound 1)=(IC 50 Dsolo1/IC 50 Dcomb1)

  • DR(for compound 2)=(IC 50 Dsolo2/IC 50 Dcomb2)
  • Where:
      • “IC50 Dcomb1”=IC50 of drug 1 in combination with drug 2;
      • “IC50 Dsolo1”=IC50 of drug 1 when tested alone;
      • “IC50 Dcomb2”=IC50 of drug 2 in combination with drug 1;
      • “IC50 Dsolo2”=IC50 of drug 2 when tested alone;
      • α=0 if the effects of the two drugs are mutually exclusive; and
      • α=1 if the effects of the two drugs are mutually nonexclusive.
  • Combinations with CI<1 are determined to be synergistic, whereas combinations with CI>1 are determined to be antagonistic. Additivity is reflected in combinations for which CI=1.
  • Example 3 Combination Testing of PRO140 with Small Molecule, Peptide and Protein Inhibitors in the HIV-1 Authentic Virus Replication Assay Materials and Methods Preparation of PBMCs
  • Replication of authentic HIV-1 is measured in activated peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) using the monocyte/macrophage-tropic HIV-1 clone, JRFL (HIV-1JRFL), for these studies.
  • PBMCs are isolated from 4 separate donors (Leukopacks) by centrifugation on a Ficoll gradient. CD8 cells are depleted using RosetteSep CD8 Depletion Cocktail (#15663, StemCell Research, Vancouver, BC). Cells are diluted to 4×106/ml and added in equal parts to three T175-cm2 flasks and then stimulated by addition of one of the following media: IL-2 Medium [RPMI 1640 (#10-040-CV, Cellgro, Herndon, Va.), 10% FBS (#35-0,0-CV), 2 mM L-Glutamine (#25-005-CI), 100 U/ml IL-2 (Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.)]; PHA 5 Medium: [IL-2 Medium with 5 ug/ml Phytohemagglutinin PHA-P (PHA) (#L8754, Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.), filtered]; or PHA 0.5 Medium: [IL-2 Medium with 0.5 ug/ml PHA, filtered]. Each flask receives a total of 50-150 ml of medium. Flasks are incubated for 3 days at 37° C. followed by pooling of the contents prior to use in the infection assay.
  • Virus Titration
  • Serial dilutions of virus are tested in quadruplicate on activated PBMCs (1.4×105 PBMC/well). Titration Medium [IL-2 Medium with 100 IU/mil penicillin/streptomycin (#30-002-CI, Cellgro)] is utilized for virus titrations. Fifty μl of diluted virus is added to 100 μl of PBMCs in flat bottom, tissue-culture treated 96-well plates (VWR# 29442-054, Corning, Corning, N.Y.) and the plates are incubated at 37° C. in a humidified, 5% CO2 incubator. After 7 days, 50 μl are removed from each well and tested for virus levels by p24 antigen ELISA (Perkin Elmer, Boston, Mass.). Virus titer is determined by the method of Reed and Muench (Table 11).
  • Neutralization Assay
  • Stimulated PBMCs are seeded into wells of 96-well flat bottom plates at a density of 1.4×105 cells/well. Virus is diluted to 2,000 TCID50/ml and mixed with serial 0.5 log10 dilutions of compound for 1 h at 37° C. prior to addition to the cell plates. The final amount of virus added per well is 100 TCID50. The final DMSO concentration in the assay is always 0.5% whenever small molecule inhibitors are being tested. Plates are incubated at 37° C. for 5 days, at which time an aliquot of supernatant is removed for p24 antigen ELISA. If control wells (virus without inhibitor) exhibit low p24 antigen levels then the plates are brought back to full volume with Titration medium and incubated for an additional 24 h.
  • TABLE 11
    Reed and Muench formula for calculating virus titera
    No. of TCID50/ml
    pos. wells (10x)
    1 0.74
    2 0.83
    3 0.92
    4 1.00
    5 1.09
    6 1.17
    7 1.26
    8 1.35
    9 1.44
    10 1.52
    11 1.61
    12 1.70
    13 1.79
    14 1.87
    15 1.96
    16 2.05
    17 2.14
    18 2.22
    19 2.31
    20 2.40
    21 2.49
    22 2.57
    23 2.66
    24 2.75
    25 2.83
    26 2.92
    27 3.01
    28 3.10
    29 3.18
    30 3.27
    31 3.36
    32 3.45
    33 3.53
    34 3.62
    35 3.71
    36 3.80
    37 3.88
    38 3.97
    39 4.06
    40 4.15
    41 4.23
    42 4.32
    43 4.41
    44 4.49
    45 4.58
    46 4.67
    47 4.76
    48 4.84
    49 4.93
    50 5.02
    51 5.11
    52 5.19
    53 5.28
    54 5.37
    55 5.46
    56 5.54
    57 5.63
    58 5.72
    59 5.81
    60 5.89
    61 5.98
    62 6.07
    63 6.15
    64 6.24
    65 6.33
    66 6.42
    67 6.50
    68 6.59
    69 6.68
    70 6.77
    71 6.85
    72 6.94
    73 7.03
    74 7.12
    75 7.20
    76 7.29
    77 7.38
    78 7.47
    79 7.55
    80 7.64
    aTo calculate virus titer, first multiply the total number of positive wells by 2 (the chart was designed to be used with replicates of 8), then look up the corresponding TCID50/mL titer and add 0.7 (the formula requires the addition of a log dilution factor).
  • Data Analysis
  • Neutralization activity is displayed by plotting the percent inhibition of p24 antigen production (after background values are subtracted from all datapoints) versus log10 drug concentration. The percent inhibition is derived as follows [1−(p24 levels in the presence of drug/p24 levels in the absence of drug)]×100. IC50 values are determined by fitting the inhibition data with a non-linear, four-parameter, variable slope equation (GraphPad Prism, ver. 4.02; GraphPad Software, San Diego, Calif.). Upper and lower inhibition values are constrained to 100% and 0%, respectively for curve fitting.
  • Synergy Determinations
  • Cooperative interactions between PRO140 and small-molecule and peptide-based inhibitors of CCR5, CD4, HIV-1 gp120, HIV-1 gp41, HIV-1 reverse transcriptase and HIV-1 protease (Table 8) are determined as described for Example 1. Cooperative inhibition effects of drug combinations are determined by the method of Chou and Talalay (1984). IC50 values are generated for all combinations as described above. Combination Index (CI) and Dose Reduction (DR) values are calculated according to the following formulas:
  • CI = [ IC 50 Dcomb 1 IC 50 Dsolo 1 ] + [ IC 50 Dcomb 2 IC 50 Dsolo 2 ] + α [ ( IC 50 Dcomb 1 ) ( IC 50 Dcomb 2 ) ( IC 50 Dsolo 1 ) ( IC 50 Dsolo 2 ) ]
    DR(for compound 1)=(IC 50 Dsolo1/IC 50 Dcomb1)

  • DR(for compound 2)=(IC 50 Dsolo2/IC 50 Dcomb2)
  • Where:
      • “IC50 Dcomb1”=IC50 of drug 1 in combination with drug 2;
      • “IC50 Dsolo1”=IC50 of drug 1 when tested alone;
      • “IC50 Dcomb2”=IC50 of drug 2 in combination with drug 1;
      • “IC50 Dsolo2”=IC50 of drug 2 when tested alone;
      • α=0 if the effects of the two drugs are mutually exclusive; and
      • α=1 if the effects of the two drugs are mutually nonexclusive.
  • Combinations with CI<1 are determined to be synergistic, whereas combinations with CI>1 are determined to be antagonistic. Additivity is reflected in combinations for which CI=1.
  • Discussion
  • PRO140 is a CCR5-specific mAb being developed for HIV-1 therapy. It is a humanized IgG4,κ version (see PCT International Publication No. WO 03/072766, published Sep. 4, 2003) of the murine antibody, PA14 (Olson et al., 1999; PCT International Publication No. WO 00/35409, published Jun. 20, 2000), which binds to the CCR5 receptor on the surface of a cell and inhibits CCR5-mediated fusion of HIV-1 to the cell. The studies described herein concern the testing of the antiviral activity of PRO140 in combination with small-molecule and peptide inhibitors of HIV-1 infection. Data generated from this testing were analyzed for potential cooperative effects on inhibition of HIV-1 infection.
  • In one series of experiments, inhibition of HIV-1 infection was assayed using a fluorescence resonance energy transfer (RET) assay, which measures the fusion of effector cells (HeLa-EnvJRFL) expressing recombinant HIV-1 strain JRFL envelope glycoproteins (Env) to target cells (CEM NKR-CCR5) expressing CD4 and CCR5 (Litwin et al., 1996). In this assay, effector cells are labeled with the F18 dye and target cells with the R18 dye. HIV-1 Env-mediated fusion of effector and target cells results in the placement of these two dyes within close proximity in the cell membrane. When F18 is excited at its optimum wavelength (450 nm), it emits light at a wavelength (530 nm) that will excite R18 when the two dyes are co-localized in the same membrane, resulting in R18-specific emission at 590 nm. Drug susceptibility is measured by adding serial concentrations of drugs to target cells prior to addition of effector cells. Inhibition of HIV-1 Env-mediated fusion is reflected in a reduction in fluorescence emission due to R18 in a dose-dependent manner, providing a quantitative measure of drug activity.
  • Initial experiments measuring inhibition of. HIV-1 Env-mediated fusion were conducted in order to demonstrate the robustness of the assay system for quantifying cooperative interactions. In these experiments, PRO140 was run in combination with itself, a combination that should result in combination index (CI) values indicative of additive interactions. Using the methodology of Chou and Talalay (1984), CI values of <1.0, =1.0 and >1.0 are taken to indicate synergistic, additive and antagonistic interactions, respectively. Indeed, PRO140 run in combination with itself returned a CI value of 0.97±0.08 (n=9; Table 7), indicating that the assay system accurately represented this interaction.
  • Synergy experiments were then conducted between PRO140 and 3 small-molecule (SCH-D, TAK-779, UK427857), one peptide (RANTES) and one mAb (2D7) antagonist of CCR5. In addition, cooperative interactions were measured between PRO140 and T-20 (peptide-based inhibitor of gp41), PRO542 (protein-based inhibitor of gp120), BMS378806 (small molecule inhibitor of gp120) and Leu-3A (anti-CD4 mAb).
  • The results (see Table 7) revealed potent synergy between PRO140 and all 3 small-molecule CCR5 antagonists as well as RANTES. CI values between PRO140 and these CCR5 antagonists ranged from 0.36±0.10 to 0.59±0.08. Dose reduction values indicated that the compound in combination exerted about a 4-fold effect on PRO140 activity, whereas the effect of PRO140 on the compound in combination ranged from about 3- to about 16-fold (Table 7). Modest synergy to additivity was observed between PRO140 and T-20, PRO542, BMS-378806 and 2D7 (CI=0.84±0.16, 0.96±0.17, 1.21±0.21, and 0.93±0.04, respectively).
  • Small molecule antagonists of CCR5 run in combination (SCH-D and TAK-779) returned a mean CI value of 1.12±0.32, indicating a slightly additive interaction (Table 8). Conversely, the combination of the recombinant antibody-like fusion protein PRO542 with the anti-CD4 mAb, Leu-3A, resulted in a mean CI value of 16.9±0.3, indicating potent antagonism between these two HIV-1 inhibitors (Table 8).
  • Varying the molar ratios of compounds demonstrated similar patterns of cooperativity. At both 5:1 and 1:5 molar ratios of PRO140 to SCH-D, TAK-779, UK-427,857 and RANTES, potent synergistic inhibition of HIV-1-Env-mediated entry was observed (Table 9). This represents a broad range of inhibitor mass ratios, from a low of 0.15 to a high of 1,820. CI values between PRO140 and CCR5 antagonists ranged from 0.52±0.20 to 0.84±0.14. More modest synergy to additivity was observed for combinations of PRO140 with T-20, PRO542 or BMS-378806. The results of these investigations identify clearly the potent synergistic activities of PRO140 with CCR5 antagonists, as well as more modest synergy between PRO140 and T-20 (see FIG. 4).
  • The HIV-1 inhibitory activity of the CCR5-specific murine mAb, 2D7, in combination with the small-molecule CCR5 antagonists and with RANTES, was also tested using the fluorescent RET assay. 2D7 was found to act synergistically with these CCR5 antagonists and with RANTES (Table 10). CI values between 2D7 and these CCR5 antagonists ranged from 0.15±0.03 to 0.62±0.04. Dose reduction values indicated that the compound in combination exerted about a 2- to 3-fold effect on 2D7 activity, except for TAK-779 which had an approximately 17-fold effect on 2D7 activity. The effect of 2D7 on the compound in combination ranged from about 2- to about 12-fold (Table 10). As observed previously, PRO140 and 2D7 in combination were essentially additive or modestly synergistic (CI=0.93±0.04).
  • These results indicate that synergistic inhibition of HIV-1 Env-mediated cell-cell fusion is observed between multiple mAbs and small molecules that bind to CCR5. This property may be broadly applicable to mabs that target CCR5, including, for example, the mAb CCR5 mAb004 that has been shown to bind to and antagonize CCR5 and block HIV-1 entry in a cell-cell fusion assay (Roschke et al., 2004). A large and growing number of small molecules have been identified as CCR5 antagonists (see Table 12). Certain of these small molecule CCR5 antagonists may also produce synergistic inhibition of HIV-1 Env-mediated fusion in combination with PRO140 and other anti-CCR5 mAbs.
  • An alternative approach for examining synergistic interactions utilizes a virus-cell fusion assay as described previously (Nagashima et al., 2001; Trkola et al., 1998). In this assay an HIV genomic vector (pNLluc+Env) containing a luciferase reporter gene is pseudotyped with Env from HIV-1JRFL. Recombinant pseudotyped virus particles are used to infect U87 cells expressing CD4 and CCR5 (U87-CD4-CCR5). Production of luciferase in target cells is dependent on virus entry and the completion of one round of virus replication. Drug susceptibility is measured by adding serial concentrations of drugs to target cells prior to addition of pseudotyped virus particles. Inhibition of virus entry is reflected in a reduction in luciferase activity in a dose-dependent manner, providing a quantitative measure of drug susceptibility. Since the HIV genomic vector requires expression of functional HIV-1 reverse transcriptase (RT) to drive luciferase expression, this pseudovirus assay is also sensitive to inhibition by nucleotide/nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (NRTIs) and non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (NNRTIs). As such, the HIV-1pp assay is suitable for examining cooperative interactions between PRO140 and small-molecule, peptide and protein inhibitors of CCR5, CD4, HIV-1 gp120, HIV-1 gp41 and HIV-1 reverse transcriptase.
  • TABLE 12
    Small-Molecule CCR5 antagonists
    Small-Molecule CCR5 antagonist Reference
    1,3,4-trisubstituted pyrrolidines Kim et al., 2005
    Modified 4-piperidinyl-2-phenyl-1-(phenylsulfonylamino)- Shah et al., 2005
    butanes
    Anibamine. TFA, Ophiobolin C, and 19,20-epoxycytochalasin Jayasuriya et al., 2004
    Q
    5-(piperidin-1-yl)-3-phenyl-pentylsulfones Shankaran et al., 2004a
    4-(heteroarylpiperdin-1-yl-methyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl-acetic acid Shankaran et al., 2004b
    antagonists
    Agents containing 4-(pyrazolyl)piperidine side chains Shu et al., 2004
    Agents containing 4-(pyrazolyl)piperidine side chains. Shen et al., 2004a; 2004b
    3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propionic acid analogues Lynch et al., 2003c
    [2-(R)-[N-methyl-N-(1-(R)-3-(S)-((4-(3-benzyl-1-ethyl-(1H)- Kumar et al., 2003
    pyrazol-5-yl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(S)-(3-
    fluorophenyl)cyclopent-1-yl)amino]-3-methylbutanoic acid
    (MRK-1)]
    1,3,4 trisubstituted pyrrolidines bearing 4-aminoheterocycle Willoughby et al., 2003; Lynch
    substituted piperidine side chains et al., 2003a; Lynch et al.,
    2003b; Hale et al., 2002
    Bicyclic isoxazolidines Lynch et al., 2002
    Combinatorial synthesis of CCR5 antagonists Willoughby et al., 2001
    Heterocycle-containing compounds Kim et al., 2001b
    Antagonists containing hydantoins Kim et al., 2001a
    1,3,4 trisubstituted pyrrolidines Hale et al., 2001
    1-[N-(methyl)-N-(phenylsulfonyl)amino]-2-(phenyl)-4-(4-(N- Finke et al., 2001
    (alkyl)-N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)butanes
    Compounds from the plant Lippia alva Hedge et al., 2004
    Piperazine-based CCR5 antagonists Tagat et al., 2004
    Oximino-piperidino-piperidine-based CCR5 antagonists Palani et al., 2003b
    Rotamers of SCH 351125 Palani et al., 2003a
    Piperazine-based symmetrical heteroaryl carboxamides McCombie et al., 2003
    Oximino-piperidino-piperidine Palani et al., 2002
    amides
    Sch-351125 and Sch-350634 Este, 2002
    SCH-C Strizki et al., 2001
    1-[(2,4-dimethyl-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]-4-methyl-4-[3(S)- Tagat et al., 2001a
    methyl-4-[1(S)-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl]-1-
    piperazinyl]-piperidine N1-oxide (Sch-350634)
    4-[(Z)-(4-bromophenyl)- Palani et al., 2001
    (ethoxyimino)methyl]-1′-[(2,4-dimethyl-3-
    pyridinyl)carbonyl]-4′-methyl-1,4′-bipiperidine N-oxide (SCH
    351125)
    2(S)-methyl piperazines Tagat et al., 2001b
    Piperidine-4-carboxamide derivatives Imamura et al., 2005
    1-benzazepine derivatives containing a sulfoxide moiety Seto et al., 2005
    anilide derivatives containing a pyridine N-oxide moiety Seto et al., 2004a
    1-benzothiepine 1,1-dioxide and 1-benzazepine derivatives Seto et al., 2004b
    containing a tertiary amine moiety
    N-[3-(4-benzylpiperidin-1-yl)propyl]-N,N-diphenylureas Imamura et al., 2004a
    5-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxamide derivatives Imamura et al., 2004b
    Anilide derivatives with a quaternary ammonium moiety Shiraishi et al., 2000
    AK602/ONO4128/GW873140 Nakata et al., 2005
    Spirodiketopiperazine derivatives Maeda et al., 2001; Maeda et
    al., 2004
    Selective CCR5 antagonists Thoma et al., 2004
  • A third approach for examining antiviral synergy utilizes a whole virus assay. Cooperativity between all classes of inhibitor molecules can be examined in this assay format.
  • In both the virus-cell fusion luciferase assay and the whole virus assay, IC50 values are generated for all combinations as described herein for the RET assay. Cooperative inhibition effects of drug combinations are determined by the method of Chou and Talalay (1984). PRO140 broadly and potently inhibited CCR5-mediated HIV-1 entry without CCR5 antagonism or other immunologic side effects in preclinical testing. More recently, PRO140 has demonstrated favorable tolerability, PK and immunologic profiles in preliminary results from an ongoing Phase 1a study in healthy volunteers. Thus, in many respects, PRO140 offers a novel and attractive product profile for anti-HIV-1 therapy. Moreover, the activities of anti-CCR5 mabs are fundamentally distinct from, but complementary to, those of small-molecule CCR5 antagonists (see Table 2).
  • It might have been expected that combinations of anti-CCR5 mAbs and non-antibody CCR5 antagonists would produce additive effects in inhibiting fusion of HIV-1 to CD4+CCR5+ target cells since both classes of agents bind to the same target molecule. Surprisingly, however, the data presented herein reveal that anti-CCR5 mAbs, exemplified by PRO140 and 2D7, exhibited potent and reproducible synergy with non-antibody CCR5 antagonists, exemplified by SCH-D, TAK-779, UK-427,857 and RANTES, in inhibiting HIV-1 Env-mediated cell-cell fusion. Synergies routinely translated into 4- to 10-fold dose reductions, suggesting significant improvement in inhibitory potency for the drug combinations. In contrast, purely additive effects were observed for combinations of non-antibody CCR5 antagonists. These findings likely reflect the different patterns of CCR5 recognition of these molecules: whereas small-molecule CCR5 antagonists bind a common hydrophobic pocket within the transmembrane domains of CCR5, PRO140 recognizes a hydrophilic, extracellular epitope of CCR5. Overall, the data support the use of PRO140 in combination with non-antibody HIV-1 entry inhibitors and suggest that PRO140 represents a distinct subclass of CCR5 inhibitor.
  • Moreover, the available data suggest that the observed synergy may also be exhibited by combinations involving anti-CCR5 mAbs other than PRO140, including, but not limited to, mAb CCR5 mAb004 (Roschke et al., 2004), as well as non-antibody CCR5 antagonists other than SCH-D, TAK-779, UK-427,857 and RANTES. Thus, these antibodies likely produce synergistic effects in combination with GW873140 (Lalezari et al., 2004), TAK-652 (Baba et al., 2005), and at least certain of the small-molecule CCR5 antagonists listed in Table 12. Accordingly, combination therapy comprising administration of anti-CCR5 mAbs and non-antibody CCR5 antagonists may offer powerfully effective, new approaches to preventing and treating HIV-1 infection. It is expected that such therapy will result in more potent and more durable ant-HIV-1 treatments. Additionally, the synergistic effects described herein may enable a reduction in dosages of drugs administered to a subject as well as a reduction in dosing frequency.
  • Example 4 Loading and Maintenance Dose Regimens
  • The loading regimen, which can, for example, be more dose-intensive than the maintenance regimen, can, for example, have the following characteristics:
  • Number of doses: 1 or more (up to about 5 doses).
  • Dose level: About 25%, 50%, 75%, 100%, 150% or 200% greater than the maintenance dose regimen.
  • Dose frequency: About 1.5×, 2×, 3× or 4× more frequently than the maintenance dose regimen.
  • As an example, if the maintenance dose regimen is 2 mg/kg every two weeks, the loading dose regimen could comprise weekly 2 mg/kg doses. Alternatively, the loading dose regimen could comprise a single 4 mg/kg dose or multiple 4 mg/kg doses at weekly or biweekly intervals.
  • The loading dose regimen can be designed, for example, so as to accelerate the achievement of a pharmacokinetic steady state in the subject, as defined by uniform peak and trough blood concentrations of drug between doses. A preferred loading dose regimen can be determined by routine experimentation wherein the drug is administered to the subject by differing loading and maintenance regimens, and blood levels of drug are measured.
  • Also, in another embodiment, PRO 140 is administered according to a fixed-dose regimen such as, for example, 75 mg, 150 mg, 300 mg and 600 mg per administration.
  • Part III Materials and Methods Inhibitors
  • PRO 140 was expressed in mammalian cells and purified by protein A, ion exchange and hydroxyapatite chromatographies. UK-427,857 (Dorr et al. 2005), SCH-D (Tagat et al. 2004), TAK-779 (Baba et al. 1999), enfuvirtide (T-20 (Wild et al. 1992); BMS-378806 (Lin et al. 2003)) and PRO 542 (CD4-IgG2, (Allaway et al. 1995)) were prepared according to published methods. Zidovudine (azidothylnidine, AZT), RANTES, the CCR5 mAb 2D7 and the CD4 mAb Leu-3A were purchased from Sigma Chemicals (St. Louis, Mo.), R&D Systems (Minneapolis, Minn.), Pharmingen (San Diego, Calif.), and Becton Dickinson (Franklin Lakes, N.J.), respectively. UK-427,857 and SCH-D were radiolabeled with tritium by GE Healthcare (Piscataway, N.J.), and PRO140 was conjugated to phycoerythrin (PE) by Southern Biotech, Inc. (Birmingham, Ala.).
  • HIV-1 Membrane Fusion Assay
  • HIV-1 envelope-mediated membrane fusion was examined using a fluorescence resonance energy transfer (RET) assay (Litwin et al. 1996) with modifications. Briefly, HeLa cells that stably express HIV-1JR-FL gp120/gp41 (Litwin et al. 1996) and CEM.NKR-CCR5 cells (NIH AIDS Research and Reference Reagent Program, (Spenlehauer et al. 2001; Trkola et al. 1999)) were labeled separately overnight with fluorescein octadecyl ester (F18; Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.) and rhodamine octadecyl ester (R18; Molecular Probes), respectively. Cells were washed in phosphate-buffered saline containing 15% fetal bovine serum (PBSF) and co-seeded at 15,000 cells/well into a 384-well plate. Inhibitors were added, and the plates were incubated in PBSF plus 0.5% dimethlysulfoxide (DMSO) for 4 h at 37° C. prior to measurement of RET using a Victor2 plate reader (Perkin-Elmer, Boston, Mass.) as previously described (Litwin et al. 1996). The CD4 mAb Leu3a was used as a control inhibitor, and percent inhibition was calculated as: (RET in the absence of inhibitor —RET in the presence of inhibitor)/(RET in the absence of inhibitor —RET in the presence of Leu3a)×100.
  • HIV-1 Pseudovirus Assay
  • A self-inactivating (SIN) vector was derived from the pNLA-3ΔEnv-luciferase vector (Dragic et al. 1996) by deleting 507 basepairs in the U3 region of the 3′ long terminal repeat (LTR) so as to remove the TATA box and transcription factor binding sites. The human cytomegalovirus promoter was inserted upstream of the luciferase (luc) gene to enable expression of luciferase following integration.
  • Reporter viruses pseudotyped with HIR-1JR-FL or HIV-1SF162 envelopes were generated by cotransfection of 293T cells with the SIN vector and the appropriate pcDNA env-expressing vector as previously described (Dragic et al. 1996). U87-CD4-CCR5 cells (8,000/well; NIH AIDS Research and Reference Reagent Program) were infected with 125-375 pg of HIV-1 pseudoviruses in 384-well plates in the presence or absence of inhibitor(s). Cultures were incubated for 72 h at 37° C. in DMEM containing 10% fetal bovine serum, 1 mg/mL puromycin, 0.3 mg/mL geneticin, antibiotics, and 0.5% DMSO. Luciferase activity (relative light units or RLU) was measured using BrightGlo reagent (Promega, Madison, Wis.) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Percent inhibition was calculated as: (1-RLU in the presence of inhibitor/RLU in the absence of inhibitor)×100. IC50 and IC90 were used to denote the respective concentrations required for 50% and 90% inhibition of HIV-1.
  • Synergy Determinations
  • Experimental design and data analysis were based on the combination index (CI) method (Chou et al. 1991; Chou et al. 1984). Compounds were tested individually and in combination at a fixed molar ratio over a range of serial dilutions. Entry inhibitors were combined in equimolar amounts, whereas a 1:10 molar ratio was used for PRO140 in combination with azidothymidine and nevirapine. Dose-response curves were fit using a four-parameter sigmoidal equation with upper and lower inhibition values constrained to 100% and 0%, respectively, in order to calculate concentrations required for 50% (IC50) and 90% (IC90) inhibition (GraphPad Prism, GraphPad Software, San Diego, Calif.). CI values for 50% (CI50) and 90% (CI90) inhibition were calculated as previously described (Chou et al. 1991; Chou et al. 1984). The mutually exclusive CI formula was used for combinations of CCR5 inhibitors, while the mutually non-exclusive formula was utilized for combinations of inhibitors to distinct targets (Chou et al. 1991). Each test was conducted 4-12 times. Synergy, additivity and antagonism are indicated by CI<1, CI=1 and CI>1, respectively.
  • Competition Binding Assays
  • To examine inhibition of PRO140 binding, CEM.NKR-CCR5 cells were suspended in phosphate-buffered saline with 0.1% sodium azide (PBSA) and incubated with varying concentrations of unlabeled CCR5 antagonists at ambient temperature for 30 minutes. Azide was added to block CCR5 internalization during the assay. Cells were washed in PBSA and incubated with 5 nM PRO140-PE for an additional 30 minutes prior to washing and analysis by flow cytometry using a FACSCalibur instrument (Becton Dickinson). The extent of PRO140-PE binding was measured in terms of both the mean fluorescence intensity (MF) and the percent of cells gated for positive staining.
  • To examine inhibition of UK-427,857 binding, CEM.NKR-CCR5 cells were pre-incubated with unlabeled CCR5 inhibitors as described above prior to addition of 2 nM 3H-UK-427,857 for an additional 30 minutes. The cells were washed in PBSA and lysed with 0.5N HCl prior to scintillation counting using a Wallac1410 instrument. An additional study reversed the order of addition in order to examine the stability of UK-427,857 binding over the course of the assay. Cells were pre-incubated with 2 nM 3H-UK-427,857 for 30 min prior to washing, addition of unlabeled inhibitors, and processing as described above. EC50 and EC90 were used to denote the concentrations of unlabeled compound required to inhibit binding of labeled compound by 50% and 90%, respectively.
  • Statistical Analyses
  • Two-tailed t-tests were used to test mean CI50 and CI90 values for the null hypothesis Ho: CI=1 (additivity) using GraphPad Prism software. P values were corrected for multiple comparisons from α=0.05 according to the Bonferroni method (Cudeck and O'Dell 1994), excluding the PRO140/PRO 140 mock combination that was included as an assay control. In the Bonferroni correction, P=α/n, where n is the number of comparisons. Twenty-two synergy comparisons (11 compounds×2 CI values) were made based on data generated in the membrane fusion assay, resulting in a corrected P value of 0.0023. In the pseudovirus assay, 32 synergy comparisons (8 compounds×2 viruses×2 CI values) resulted in a corrected P value of 0.0016.
  • Results Inhibition of HIV-1 Membrane Fusion
  • PRO140 and UK-427,857 were used individually and together to inhibit HIV-1JR-FL envelope-mediated membrane fusion in the RET cell-cell fusion assay, and representative dose-response curves for the individual agents and combination are illustrated in FIG. 15A. Although both PRO140 and UK-427,857 individually blocked HIV-1 fusion at low nanomolar potency, the combination was markedly more potent. In this assay, 50% inhibition was obtained using 2.9 nM PRO140 alone, 5.0 nM UK-427,857 used alone, or 2.1 nM of the combination (1.05 nM PRO140 plus 1.05 nM UK-427,857). This supra-additive effect is indicative of antiviral synergy between the two agents. In contrast, the combination of SCH-D and UK-427,857 was no more potent than individual agents (FIG. 15B). In this example, the dose-response curves for the individual inhibitors and the combination were overlapping, with 50% inhibition requiring 9.7 nM UK-427,857, 5.5 mM SCH-D and 6.1 nM of the combination.
  • The data suggest purely additive effects for these inhibitors. These studies were extended to additional CCR5 (TAK-779, RANTES and 2D7), gp120 (BMS-378806 and PRO542) and gp41 (enfuvirtide) inhibitors, and were repeated four or more times for each condition. CI50 and CI90 values were calculated for each condition and averaged across the independent assays. Cooperativity was assessed using t-tests to determine if the CI50 and CI90 values were significantly different from one. As a test of these methods, a PRO140/PRO140 mock combination was examined by adding PRO140 to the assay wells in two separate additions. CI50 and CI90 values for the PRO140/PRO140 combination were 0.96 and 0.97, respectively (Table 13); therefore, purely additive effects were observed for this mock combination, as expected.
  • TABLE 13
    CI values for inhibition of HIV-1JR-FL envelope-mediated membrane fusion a
    1st IC50, IC90, 2nd
    Inhibitor Target nM nM Inhibitor CI50 P value CI90 P value
    PRO
    140 CCR5 2.5 8.6 PRO 140 0.97 ± 0.07 0.13 0.96 ± 0.14 0.37
    UK-427,857 CCR5 5.3 27 PRO 140
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00001
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00002
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00003
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00002
    SCH-D CCR5 3.2 16 PRO 140
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00004
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00002
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00005
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00002
    TAK-779 CCR5 11 >200 PRO 140
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00006
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00002
    N/A N/A
    RANTES CCR5 2.4 38 PRO 140
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00007
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00008
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00009
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00010
    RANTES CCR5 2.4 38 UK-427,857
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00011
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00012
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00013
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00002
    SCH-D CCR5 3.2 16 UK-427,857 0.86 ± 0.03 0.016 0.75 ± 0.02 0.0033
    SCH-D CCR5 3.2 16 TAK-779  1.3 ± 0.18 0.12 N/A N/A
    2D7 CCR5 3.7 58 PRO 140  1.0 ± 0.14 0.61  1.9 ± 0.61 0.024
    enfuvirtide gp41 8.6 66 PRO 140 0.84 ± 0.16 0.040 0.89 ± 0.20 0.19
    PRO 542 gp120 8.9 91 PRO 140 0.96 ± 0.17 0.56 0.94 ± 0.19 0.45
    BMS-378806 gp120 5.2 20 PRO 140
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00014
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00015
     1.1 ± 0.22 0.19
    aStatistically significant results (P < 0.0023 after application of the Bonferroni correction for multiple comparisons) are indicated in italicized bold text. IC50 and IC90 denote values for the 1st inhibitor. N/A = not applicable; TAK-779 did not consistently achieve 90% inhibition in the assay. CI values represent the means and standard deviations of 4-12 independent assay
  • Potent synergy was observed for PRO140 in combination with each of three small-molecule CCR5 antagonists (UK-427,857, SCH-D and TAK-779), and the findings were statistically significant even when the data were corrected for multiple comparisons via the Bonferroni method (Table 13). CI values ranged from 0.36 to 0.61, and these synergies translated into dose reductions ranging from 3- to 8-fold across the different conditions. Synergies were greater at 90% inhibition than at 50% inhibition. Synergy between PRO140 and small-molecule CCR5 antagonists was robust in that it was observed at both the 50% and 90% inhibition levels in every instance. The exception was TAK-779, which did not mediate 90% inhibition when used individually, and therefore a CI90 was not determined. Similarly potent synergy was observed when RANTES was used in combination with either PRO140 or UK-427,857 (Table 13). Additional tests examined combinations of two small-molecule CCR5 antagonists (SCH-D/UK-427,857 and SCH-D/TAK-779) or two CCR5 mAbs (PRO140/2D7). No significant synergy was observed for these combinations, although the SCH-D/UK-427,857 CI90 values trended towards significance. The findings are consistent with prior observations of overlapping binding sites for PRO140 and 2D7 (Olson et al. 1999) and for SCH-D and TAK-779 (Seibert et al. 2006). PRO140 was also tested in combination with the gp41 fusion inhibitor enfuvirtide and with the gp120 attachment inhibitors PRO542 and BMS-378806 (Table 13). CI values ranged from 0.84 to 1.28, and none of these combinations demonstrated synergy that met the criteria for statistical significance. For the PRO 140/BMS-378806 combination, modest antagonism was observed at 50% but not 90% inhibition. The biological significance of this result is unclear.
  • Inhibition of HIV-1 Pseudoviruses
  • Single-cycle HIV-1 reporter viruses were used to examine whether the synergistic effects were limited to cell-cell fusion or whether they extended to other modes of HIV-1 entry. Signals in this assay require both viral entry and reverse transcription, so that both NRTI and NNRTI may be included in the analyses. Each combination was tested against reporter viruses pseudotyped with envelopes from HIV-1JR-FL and HIV-1SF162 in at least 4 independent assays per virus. A PRO140/PRO140 mock combination was again included as an assay control, and demonstrated additive effects against both HIV-1JR-FL and HIV-1SF162 pseudoviruses, as expected (Table 14).
  • PRO140 potently synergized with both UK-427,857 and SCH-D in blocking virus-cell fusion, and the results met the criteria for statistical significance. Comparable levels of synergy were observed against both HIV-1JR-FL and HIV-1SF162 pseudoviruses at 50% and 90% inhibition (Table 14), with CI values ranging from 0.18 to 0.64. These synergies translated into dose reductions ranging to 14-fold. These results are in good agreement with those obtained in the cell-cell fusion assay (Table 13). Neither TAK-779 nor RANTES mediated consistent, high-level inhibition of HIV-1 pseudovirus entry, and therefore these compounds were not included in this analysis (data not shown).
  • TABLE 14
    CI values for inhibition of HIV-1 reporter viruses pseudotyped
    with envelopes from HIV-1JR-FL and HIV-1SF162 a.
    1st HIV-1 IC50, IC90, 2nd
    Inhibitor Target Envelope nM nM Inhibitor CI50 P value CI90 P value
    PRO 140 CCR5 JRFL 2.2 28 PRO 140  1.2 ± 0.32 0.16 0.90 ± 0.15 0.047
    SF162 1.3 20 PRO 140  1.0 ± 0.27 1.0 0.86 ± 0.33 0.21
    SCH-D CCR5 JRFL 2.4 44 PRO 140
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00016
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00002
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00017
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00002
    SF162 0.34 14 PRO 140
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00018
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00002
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00019
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00002
    UK-427,857 CCR5 JRFL 7.4 46 PRO 140
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00020
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00002
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00021
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00002
    SF162 0.87 13 PRO 140
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00022
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00002
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00023
    Figure US20080241135A1-20081002-P00002
    UK-427,857 CCR5 JRFL 7.4 46 SCH-D 0.71 ± 0.11 0.16  1.2 ± 0.15 0.32
    SF162 0.87 13 SCH-D 0.87 ± 0.06 0.19 0.86 ± 0.28 0.61
    2D7 CCR5 JRFL 8.8 >200 PRO 140  1.5 ± 0.25 0.024 N/A N/A
    SF162 2.2 74 PRO 140  1.1 ± 0.47 0.61  1.0 ± 0.16 0.65
    PRO 542 gp120 JRFL 0.19 2.9 PRO 140  1.2 ± 0.32 0.22  1.0 ± 0.18 0.92
    SF162 0.36 7.1 PRO 140 0.98 ± 0.28 0.84 0.64 ± 0.26 0.010
    BMS-378806 gp120 JRFL 1.2 11 PRO 140  1.2 ± 0.38 0.43 0.74 ± 0.23 0.059
    SF162 0.03 0.42 PRO 140  1.1 ± 0.28 0.36 0.82 ± 0.21 0.068
    nevirapine RT JRFL 30 310 PRO 140  1.2 ± 0.38 0.36 0.73 ± 0.28 0.068
    SF162 42 280 PRO 140  1.2 ± 0.34 0.30 0.63 ± 0.19 0.033
    zidovudine RT JRFL 140 1900 PRO 140  1.1 ± 0.38 0.37 0.85 ± 0.26 0.21
    SF162 86 2100 PRO 140 0.99 ± 0.27 0.91  1.0 ± 0.38 1.0
    aStatistically significant results (P < 0.0016 after application of the Bonferroni correction for multiple comparisons) are indicated in italicized bold text. IC50 and IC90 refer to values for the 1st inhibitor. N/A = not applicable; 2D7 did not consistently achieve 90% inhibition in the assay. CI values represent the means and standard deviations of 4 or more independent assays
  • Additive effects were observed for both the UK-427,857/SCH-D and PRO140/2D7 combinations (Table 14). Similarly, additivity was observed for PRO140 used in combination with the gp120 inhibitors PRO542 and BMS-378806. No antagonism was observed for the PRO140/BMS-378806 combination against either virus. Overall, these findings are consistent with those seen for cell-cell fusion. Lastly, additive effects were observed for PRO140 in combination with either zidovudine (NRTI) or nevirapine (NNRTI).
  • Competition Binding Studies
  • As described above, additive antiviral effects were observed for inhibitors known (PRO140 and 2D7) or inferred (UK-427,857 and SCH-D) to compete for CCR5 binding; however, little is known regarding the competitive binding of synergistic compounds (e.g., PRO140/UK-427,857 and PRO140/SCH-D). Since non-competitive binding provides a possible mechanism for synergy between CCR5 inhibitors, this issue was explored using labeled forms of UK-427,857 and PRO140.
  • Flow cytometry was used to examine inhibition of PRO140-PE binding to CEM.NRK.CCR5 cells by unlabeled PRO140, UK-427,857 and SCH-D. PRO140-PE binding was efficiently inhibited by unlabeled PRO140, as expected. Complete inhibition was observed in terms of both MFI values (FIG. 16A) and the percent of cells gated for positive binding (FIG. 16B). The EC50 based on MFI data was 2.5 nM (FIG. 16A), and this value compares favorably with the antiviral IC50 of PRO140 (Tables 13 and 14). Since percent cells gated is a readout for essentially complete inhibition of binding, an EC90 value was calculated as 17 nM, and this value is similar to the antiviral IC90 values observed for PRO 140 (Tables 13 and 14). 2D7 also completely inhibited binding of PRO140-PE to CEM.NKR-CCR5. The CCR5 specificity of PRO140-PE was also demonstrated by its inability to bind parental CEM.NKR cells.
  • In sharp contrast, modest levels of inhibition were observed for UK-427,857 and SCH-D (FIG. 16). Micromolar concentrations of UK-427,857 and SCH-D reduced PRO140-PE MFI values by 50% or less (FIG. 16A). More dramatically, UK-427,857 and SCH-D had little impact on the percent of cells gated for positive binding of PRO140-PE (FIG. 16B). The findings suggest that UK-427,857 and SCH-D partially reduce the number of PRO140-PE molecules bound per cell; however, these compounds do not reduce the number of cells that bind measurable amounts of PRO140-PE. Therefore, UK-427,857 and SCH-D represent partial antagonists of PRO140 binding, and this finding provides a mechanism for the antiviral synergy observed between PRO140 and these small-molecule CCR5 antagonists.
  • Inhibition of 3H-UK-427,857 binding by unlabeled UK-427,857, SCH-D and PRO140 was next examined. Binding of 3H-UK-427,857 to CEM.NKR-CCR5 cells was efficiently inhibited by unlabeled UK-427,857 (FIG. 17A). The EC50 for binding was 4.3 nM and is similar to the antiviral IC50 values observed for UK427,857 (Tables 13 and 14).
  • SCH-D also blocked 3H-UK-427,857 binding to background levels (FIG. 17A). However, there was no correlation between the compounds' antiviral potency and their potency in blocking 3H-UK-427,857 binding. For example, whereas SCH-D demonstrated equal or slightly greater antiviral potency than UK-427,857 (Tables 13 and 14), SCH-D was less potent in blocking 3H-UK-427,857 binding (EC50=17 nM, FIG. 17A). This result is consistent with minor differences in the CCR5 binding sites of these compounds.
  • Surprisingly, PRO140 also blocked 3H-UK-427,857 binding to background levels (FIG. 17A), and this result contrasts with the modest inhibition of PRO140-PE binding by UK-427,857 (FIG. 16). PRO140 inhibited 3H-UK427,857 binding with an EC50 of 14 nM, which is 5-10 fold higher than the antiviral IC50 of PRO140 (Tables 13 and 14).
  • A final experiment examined the stability of UK-427,857 binding to CEM.NKR-CCR5 cells under the conditions of the competition assay. For this, cells were pre-incubated with 3H-UK-427,857 and then the dissociation was examined in the presence of unlabeled UK-427,857, SCH-D and PRO140. As indicated in FIG. 17B, there was minimal dissociation of 3H-UK-427,857 over 30 min at ambient temperature, and UK-427,857 wasn't displaced by either PRO140 or SCH-D. Therefore, the inability of UK-427,857 to efficiently compete PRO140 binding to CCR5 (FIG. 16) is not due to rapid dissociation of UK-427,857 from CCR5 during the course of the assay. Collectively, the data indicate that PRO140 can bind CCR5 in the presence of pre-bound UK-427,857.
  • Discussion
  • This study explores interactions between mAb and small-molecule CCR5 inhibitors and examines combinations of CCR5 drugs that currently are in development for HIV-1 therapy. Surprisingly, potent antiviral synergy between the CCR5 mAb PRO140 and each of three structurally distinct small-molecule CCR5 antagonists was observed. Consistent, high-level synergy was observed across varying assay systems, viral isolates, target cells and inhibition levels. PRO140 and small-molecule CCR5 antagonists were more potently synergistic when used together rather than in combination with inhibitors that block other stages of HIV-1 entry. In contrast, additive effects were observed for combinations of two small-molecule CCR5 antagonists. Competition binding studies revealed complex and non-reciprocal patterns of CCR5 binding by mAb and small-molecule CCR5 inhibitors, and suggest that the synergistic interactions occur at the level of receptor binding.
  • Robust synergy between mAb and small-molecule CCR5 inhibitors was observed in this study. Potent synergy was observed for both cell-cell and virus-cell fusion, and there was a good concordance of findings in these two well-established assay systems. Comparable levels of synergy were observed for PRO140 in combination with each of 3 small-molecule CCR5 antagonists from unrelated chemical series. In addition, consistent synergy was observed for each of two well-characterized HIV-1 envelopes and two CCR5 target cells. Synergy increased with increasing levels of viral inhibition and translated into in vitro dose reductions of up to 14-fold. Viewed alternatively, this degree of synergy provides a corresponding increase in antiviral pressure at a given concentration of drugs, thereby improving viral suppression and potentially delaying the emergence of drug-resistant virus. This is supported by preliminary studies indicating the mAb and small-molecule CCR5 inhibitors possess complementary patterns of viral resistance (Kuhmann et al. 2004 and Marozsan et al. 2005). The present findings provide a rationale for clinical exploration of regimens that combine mAb and small-molecule CCR5 inhibitors.
  • Potent synergy was also observed for RANTES used in combination with either UK-427,857 or PRO 140. Endogenous levels of RANTES may afford some protection against HIV-1 disease progression during natural infection (Garzino-Demo et al. 1999; Lui et al. 1999), and therefore this finding of synergy has important and positive implications for CCR5-targeted therapies of HIV-1. Antiviral synergy between RANTES and PRO140 is not surprising based on a prior observation that RANTES signaling is not blocked by antiviral concentrations of murine PRO140 (PA14) (Olson et al. 1999). Synergy between RANTES and UK-427,857 is less easily explained given that UK-427,857 is a potent CCR5 antagonist. However, these findings are consistent with prior observations of synergy between the small-molecule CCR5 antagonist SCH-C and aminooxypentane-RANTES (AOP-RANTES) (Tremblay et al. 2002), a RANTES derivative that has been evaluated as a potential topical microbicide (Kawamura et al. 2000).
  • In contrast to the robust synergy observed between mAb and small-molecule CCR5 antagonists, additive effects were observed for combinations of small-molecule CCR5 antagonists. Lack of cooperativity is consistent with the view that these molecules compete for binding to a common pocket on CCR5 (Dragic et al. 2000; Nishikawa et al. 2005; Tsamis et al. 2003; Watson et al. 2005). The in vitro studies do not provide a basis for combining small-molecule CCR5 antagonists in the clinic based solely on inhibition of wild-type virus.
  • Similarly, potent synergy was not observed between PRO140 and inhibitors of HIV-1 attachment (PRO542 and BMS-378806), fusion (enfuvirtide), or reverse transcriptase (zidovudine and nevirapine), and these findings underscore the significance of the synergy observed for PRO140 and small-molecule CCR5 antagonists. A number of prior studies have examined interactions between various small-molecule CCR5 antagonists (UK-427,857, SCH-C, TAK-220, TAK-652 and E913) and drugs from each of the existing HIV-1 treatment classes. Most (Tremblay et al. 2005 Antivir. Ther.; Tremblay et al. 2005 Antimicrob. Agents Chemother; Tremblay et al. 2002) but not all (Dorr et al. 2005; Maeda et al. 2001) studies have reported broad synergy between CCR5 inhibitors and the other HIV-1 treatment classes, and the divergent results may reflect differences in the compounds and methods used for antiviral testing as well as differences in the methods used for data analysis. When UK-427,857 was tested against 20 licensed antiretroviral agents, additive effects were observed in all but three cases, where modest synergy was reported (Dorr et al. 2005). This result is consistent with the present findings for combinations of PRO140 and HIV-1 inhibitors that do not target CCR5.
  • Without intending to be bound by theory, synergy between anti-HIV-1 drugs may stem from a variety of mechanisms. In mixed virus cultures, one compound may inhibit virus resistant to a second compound (Johnson et al. 1991), and NRTI/NNRTI combinations may overcome specific RT-mediated resistance mechanisms (Basavapattruni et al. 2004; Borkow et al. 1999). Metabolic interactions between inhibitors may increase their effective intracellular drug concentrations (Molla et al. 2002), and synergistic entry inhibitors may disrupt interdependent steps in the entry cascade (Nagashima et al. 2001; Tremblay et al. 2000). The present study examined clonal viral envelopes rather than mixed populations, and the extracellular nature of the target argues against metabolic interactions. Multiple domains of gp120 contribute to CCR5 binding (Cormier et al. 2002), but it is unclear at present whether these interactions represent separate or discrete events during infection.
  • The present findings indicate that antiviral synergy between mAb and small-molecule CCR5 inhibitors may occur at the level of the receptor. As discussed above, mAbs and small molecules bind distinct loci on CCR5 (Dragic et al. 2000; Nishikawa et al. 2005; Tsamis et al. 2003; Olson et al. 1999; Watson et al. 2005). When pre-incubated with CCR5 cells in the present study, PRO140 completely blocked subsequent binding of UK-427,857 to the receptor; although the PRO140 concentrations were higher than those needed to block HIV-1 entry into the same cells. In contrast, pre-incubation of CCR5 cells with super-saturating concentrations of UK-427,857 or SCH-D reduced PRO140 binding by 50% or less. As one possible explanation, PRO140 could recognize CCR5 conformers that are not bound by UK-427,857 or SCH-D. Although cell-surface CCR5 exists in multiple conformations (Lee et al. 1999), it seems unlikely that the small-molecule antagonists could demonstrate potent antiviral activity while failing to bind a significant fraction of cell-surface CCR5. In this regard, it is important to note that a common cellular background (CEM.NKR-CCR5 cells) was used for competition binding and antiviral studies, and therefore the findings are not related to cell-specific differences in CCR5 expression.
  • Without intending to be bound by theory, another plausible explanation for the present findings is that PRO140 is capable of forming a ternary complex with UK-427,857-bound CCR5, and this ternary complex provides an increased barrier to HIV-1 entry. Within the context of this model, PRO140 may bind UK-427,857-bound CCR5 somewhat less efficiently than free CCR5, as evidenced by the modest reduction in PRO140 binding in the presence of UK-427,857.
  • The combination index method is widely used to assess drug-drug interactions. In this method, cooperativity often is defined on the basis of empirical CI values (e.g., <0.9 for synergy and >1.1 for antagonism) irrespective of inter-assay variability. Statistical analyses are performed infrequently, and even more rarely are adjustments made for multiple comparisons. In the absence of such analyses, there is increased potential to overestimate the number of synergistic combinations.
  • A rigorous and conservative approach to identifying synergistic effects was employed. CI values were tested for statistical significance against the null hypothesis of additivity (CI=1). In addition, these studies determined 20-30 different CI values per experiment (Tables 13 and 14), as is common in synergy studies. In order to reduce the potential for spurious positive results, the significance level was reduced using the Bonferroni correction. A mock combination was also evaluated as a test of these methods for antiviral testing and data analysis. It was therefore concluded that numerous apparent synergies (CI<0.9) could not be distinguished from inter-assay variation based on the available data. However, despite the rigorous nature of these methods, PRO140 and small-molecule inhibitors demonstrated significant synergy under every test condition, lending credence to this finding. Combinations with CI values that trended towards significance in the present survey could be explored in future studies. For example, data for the PRO140/enfuvirtide combination suggested modest synergy that trended towards significance; thus this combination may also be useful for treating HIV-1 infection.
  • A growing body of data indicates that mAb and small-molecule CCR5 antagonists represent distinct subclasses of CCR5 inhibitors, and a number of important parallels can be drawn between NRTI and NNRTI on the one hand and between mAb and small-molecule CCR5 antagonists on the other. In each instance, there are distinct binding loci for the inhibitors on the target protein (reverse transcriptase or CCR5). One set of inhibitors (NNRTI or small-molecule CCR5 antagonists) acts via allosteric mechanisms, while the other set (NRTI or CCR5 mAbs) acts as a competitive inhibitor. Like NRTI and NNRTI, mAb and small-molecule CCR5 inhibitors are synergistic and possess complementary patterns of viral resistance in vitro in preliminary testing (Kuhmann et al. 2004; Marozsan et al. 2005). NRTI and NNRTI represent important and distinct treatment classes even though they target the same protein, and mAb and small-molecule CCR5 inhibitors similarly may offer distinct HIV-1 treatment modalities.
  • Part IV Materials and Methods
  • PRO140 and small-molecule CCR5 antagonists were prepared and/or obtained as described herein above. The primary R5HIV-1 isolates JR-FL and Case C 1/85 (CC1/85) were passaged weekly in vitro on peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCC) in the presence or absence of progressively increasing concentrations of PRO 140 or SCH-D, and viral cultures were examined for susceptibility to these and other CCR5 inhibitors. For susceptibility testing, viruses were cultured in vitro on stimulated PBMC. In the presence and absence of serially diluted drug, and the extent of viral replication was determined by p24 ELISA.
  • Results
  • For both JR-FL and CC1/85, drug-resistant variants were generated in the presence of PRO140 and SCH-D. At passage 12, the escape mutants were approximately 10- to 100-fold less susceptible to the drug used for selection. In each case, the escape mutants continued to require CCR5 for replication on PBMC. Complementary patterns of resistance were observed: SCH-D escape mutants were efficiently inhibited by PRO140 and PRO140 escape mutants were efficiently inhibited by SCH-D.
  • Discussion
  • PRO 140 escape mutants continue to require CCR5 for entry and remain susceptible to small-molecule CCR5 antagonists. In addition, PRO 140 is active against viruses resistant to small-molecule CCR5 antagonists. These findings indicate that PRO 140 and small-molecule CCR5 antagonists may represent distinct subclasses of CCR5 inhibitors.
  • REFERENCES
    • U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567, issued Mar. 28, 1989 to Cabilly et al.
    • U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539, issued Jul. 6, 1993 to Gregory Winter.
    • U.S. Pat. No. 5,229,275, issued Jul. 20, 1993 to Goroff.
    • U.S. Pat. No. 5,545,806, issued Aug. 13, 1996 to Lonberg et al.
    • U.S. Pat. No. 5,545,807, issued Aug. 13, 1996 to Surani et al.
    • U.S. Pat. No. 5,565,332, issued Oct. 15, 1996 to Hoogenboom et al.
    • U.S. Pat. No. 5,567,610, issued Oct. 22, 1996 to Borrebaeck et al.
    • U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, issued Dec. 17, 1996 to Queen et al.
    • U.S. Pat. No. 5,591,669, issued Jan. 7, 1997 to Krimpenfort et al.
    • U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,761, issued Dec. 2, 1997 to Queen et al.
    • U.S. Pat. No. 6,150,584, issued Nov. 21, 2000 to Kucherlapati et al.
    • U.S. Pat. No. 6,476,034 B2, issued Nov. 5, 2002 to Wang et al.
    • U.S. Pat. No. 6,759,519 B2, issued Jul. 6, 2004 to Li et al.
    • PCT International Publication No. WO 90/07861, published Jul. 26, 1990.
    • PCT International Publication No. WO 00/35409, published Jun. 22, 2000.
    • PCT International Publication No. WO 01/55439, published Aug. 2, 2001.
    • PCT International Publication No. WO 01/90106 A2, published Nov. 29, 2001.
    • PCT International Publication No. WO 02/22077, published Mar. 21, 2002.
    • PCT International Publication No. WO 01/62255 A1, published Aug. 30, 2001.
    • PCT International Publication No. WO 03/082289 A1, published Oct. 9, 2003.
    • Alkhatib, G., et al. (1996) Science 272:1955.
    • Allaway, G. P., et al. (1993) AIDS Res. Hum. Retrovir. 9: 581-587.
    • Allaway, G. P., et al. (1995) AIDS Research and Human Retroviruses. 11: 533-539.
    • Baba, M., et al. (2005) 12th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections. Boston, Mass., Feb. 22-25, 2005, Abstract 541.
  • Baba, M., et al. (1999) Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci. USA 96: 5698-5703.
  • Balotta, C, P. et al. (1997) AIDS 11: F67-F71.
    • Basavapathruni, A., et al. (2004) J Biol. Chem. 279:6221-6224
    • Berger, E. A. (1997) AIDS 11 (Suppl A): S3-S16.
    • Bieniasz, P. D. and B. R. Cullen (1998) Frontiers in Bioscience 3: d44-58.
    • Biti, R., R. et al. (1997) Nature Med. 3: 252-253.
    • Borkow, G., et al. (1999) Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 43:259-263
    • Burkly, L., et al. (1992) J. Immunol. 149: 1779-1787.
    • Burkly, L., et al. (1995) J. Virol. 69: 4267-4273.
    • Choe, H., et al. (1996) Cell 85: 1135-1148.
    • Chou, T. C. and D. C. Rideout (1991) Synergism and antagonism in chemotherapy. Academic Press, New York.
    • Chou, T. C. and P. Talalay (1984) Adv. Enzyme Regulation 22: 27-55.
    • Cocchi, F., et al. (1995) Science 270: 1811-1815.
    • Combadiere, C, et al. (1996) J. Leukocyte Biol. 60: 147-152.
    • Connor, R. I., et al. (1997) J. Exp. Med. 185: 621-628.
    • Cormier, E. G. and T. Dragic (2002) J. Virol. 76:8953-8957.
    • Cudeck, R. and L. L. O'Dell (1994) Psychol. Bull. 115:475-487.
    • Dalgleish, A. G., et al. (1984) Nature 312: 763-766.
    • Demarest, J., et al. (2004) 11th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections, Abstract 139. San Francisco, Calif., Feb. 8-11, 2004.
    • Deng, H., et al. (1996) Nature 381: 661-666.
    • Dorr, P., et al. (2003) 10th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections, Boston, Mass., Feb. 10-14, 2003, Paper #12.
    • Dorr, P., et al. (2005) Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 49:4721-4732.
    • Dragic, T., et al. (1997) Advances in Research and Therapy 7: 2-13.
    • Dragic, T., et al. (1992) J. Virol. 66: 4794-4802.
    • Dragic, T., et al. (1996) Nature 381: 667-673.
    • Dragic, T., et al. (2000) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 97:5639-44.
    • Este JA. (2002) Curr. Opin. Investig. Drugs. 3: 379-383.
    • Falkenheuer, G., et al. (2005) Nat Med 11:1170-1172.
    • Feng, Y., et al. (1996) Science 272: 872-877.
    • Finke, P. E. et al. (2001) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 11: 2475-2479.
    • Garzino-Demo, A., et al. (1999) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 96:11986-11991.
    • Hale, J. J. et al. (2001) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 11: 2741-2745.
    • Hale, J. J. et al. (2002) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 12: 2997-3000.
    • Hegde, V. R. et al. (2004) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 12: 5339-5342.
    • HGS Press Release (2004) Human Genome Sciences characterizes panel of novel human monoclonal antibodies that specifically antagonize the CCR5 receptor and block HIV-1 entry. Nov. 2, 2004.
    • HGS Press Release (2005) Human Genome Sciences begins dosing of patients in a phase 1 clinical trial of CCR5 mAb in patients infected with HIV-1. Mar. 30, 2005.
    • Huang, Y., et al. (1996) Nature Med. 2: 1240-1243. Huffnagle, G. B., et al. (1999) Immunol. 163: 4642-4646.
    • Y. Iizawa, et al. (2003) 10th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections. Boston, Mass., Feb. 10-14, 2003
    • Imamura, S. et al. (2004a) Bioorg. Med. Chem. 12: 2295-2306.
    • Imamura, S. et al. (2004b) Chem Pharm. Bull. (Tokyo) 52: 63-73.
    • Imamura, S. et al. (2005) Bioorg. Med. Chem. 13: 397-416.
    • Jayasuriya, H. et al. (2004) J. Nat. Prod. 67: 1036-1038.
    • Johnson, V. A., et al. (1991) Journal of Infectious Diseases 164:646-655.
    • Kawamura, T., et al. (2000) J Exp Med. 192:1491-1500.
    • Kuhmann, S. E., et al. (2004) J Virol 78:2790-2807.
    • Ketas, T. J., et al. (2003) J. Virol. 77: 2762-2767.
    • Kim D. et al. (2001a) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 11: 3099-3102.
    • Kim D. et al. (2001b) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 11: 3103-3106.
    • Kim D. et al. (2005) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 15: 2129-2134.
    • Klatzmann, D., et al. (1984) Nature 312: 382-385.
    • Koyanagi, Y., et al. (1987) Science 236: 819-822.
    • Kuhmann, S. E. et al. (2004) J. Virol. 78: 2790-2807.
    • Kumar, S et al. (2003) J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 304: 1161-1171.
    • Laal, S., et al. (1994) J. Virol. 68: 4001-4008.
    • Lalezari, J. P., et al. (2003) New Engl. J. of Med. 348: 2175-2185.
    • Lalezari, J., et al. (2004) 44th Annual Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, Abstract 2871, Washington, D.C., Oct. 30-Nov. 2, 2004.
    • Lalezari, J., et al. (2005) AIDS 19:1443-1448.
    • Lapidot, T. (2001) Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 938: 83-95.
    • Lazzarin, A., et al. (2003) New Engl. J. Med. 348: 2186.
    • Lee, B., et al. (1999) Journal of Biological Chemistry 274:9617-9626.
    • Li, A., et al. (1997) AIDS Res. Hum. Retrovir. 13: 647-656.
    • Li, A., et al. (1998) J. Virol. 72: 3235-3240.
    • Lin, P. F., et al. (2003) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 100: 11013-11018.
    • Lin, P. F., et al. (2002) 9th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections. Seattle, Wash., Feb. 24-28, 2002
    • Littman, D. R. (1998) Cell 93: 677-680.
    • Litwin, V., et al. (1996) J. Virol. 70: 6437-6441.
    • Liu, R., et al. (1996) Cell 86: 367-377.
    • Liu, H., et al. (1999) Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 96:4581-4585
    • Lynch, C. L. et al. (2003a) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 12: 3001-3004.
    • Lynch, C. L. et al. (2003b) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 13: 119-123.
    • Lynch, C. L. et al. (2002) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 12: 677-679.
    • Lynch, C. L. et al. (2003) Org. Lett. 5: 2473-2475.
    • Maddon, P. J., et al. (1986) Cell 47: 333-348.
    • Maeda, K. et al. (2004) J. Virol. 78: 8654-8662.
    • Maeda, K. et al. (2001) J. Biol. Chem. 276: 35194-35200.
    • Marozsan, A. J. et al. (2005) Virology 338: 182-199.
    • McCombie, S. W. et al. (2001) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 13: 567-571.
    • McDougal, J. S., et al. (1986) Science 231: 382-385.
    • Merluzzi, V. J., et al. (1990) Science 250: 1411-1413.
    • Michael, N. L., et al. (1997) Nature Med. 3: 338-340.
    • Molla, A., et al. (2002) Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 46:2249-2253.
    • Moore, J. P., Q. J. Sattentau, P. J. Klasse and L. C. Burkly (1992) J. Virol. 66: 4784-4793.
    • Nagashima, K. A., et al. (2001) J. Infect. Dis. 183: 1121-1125.
    • Nakata, H. et al. (2005) J. Virol. 79: 2087-2096.
    • Nishikawa, M., et al. (2005) Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 49:4708-4715.
    • O'Brien, T. R., et al. (1997) Lancet 349: 1219.
    • Olson, W. C, et al. (1999) J. Virol. 73: 4145-4155.
    • Olson, W. C. and P. J. Maddon (2003) Current Drug Targets-Infectious Disorders 3:283-294.
    • Palani, A, et al. (2002) J. Med. Chem. 45: 3143-3160.
    • Palani, A, et al. (2001) J. Med. Chem. 44: 3339-3342.
    • Palani, A, et al. (2003a) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 13: 705-708.
    • Palani, A, et al. (2003b) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 13: 709-712.
    • Palella, F. J., et al. (1998) The New England Journal of Medicine 338:853.
    • Raport, C. J., et al. (1996) J. Leukocyte Biol. 59: 18-23.
    • Ray, N. and R. W. Doms (2006) Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 303:97-120.
    • Reyes, G. (2001) Development of CCR5 antagonists as a new class of anti-HTV therapeutic. 8th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections. Chicago, Ill., Feb. 5, 2001.
    • Reynes, J., et al. (2002) SCH C: Safety and antiviral effects of a CCR5 receptor antagonist in HIV-1 infected subjects. 9th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections. Seattle, Wash., Feb. 25, 2002
    • Robinson, B. S., et al. (2000) Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 44: 2093-2099.
    • Roschke, V., et al. (2004) 44th Annual Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, Abstract 2871, Washington, D.C., Oct. 30-Nov. 2, 2004, Abstract #2871.
    • Samson, M., et al. (1997) J. Biol. Chem. 272: 24934-24941.
    • Schecter, A. D., et al. (2000) J. Biol. Chem. 275: 5466-5471.
    • Schols, D., et al. (1997) J. Ex. Med. 186: 1383-1388.
    • Schuh, J. M., et al. (2002) FASEB J. 16: 228-230.
    • Schurmann, D., et al. (2004) Abstract 140LB, San Francisco, Calif., Feb. 8-11, 2004.
    • Seibert, C., et al. (2006) Virology 349(1):41-54.
    • Seto, M. et al. (2005) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 13: 363-386.
    • Seto, M. et al. (2004a) Chem. Pharm. Bull. (Tokyo). 52: 818-829.
    • Seto, M. et al. (2004b) Chem. Pharm. Bull. (Tokyo). 52: 577-590.
    • Shah, S. K. et al. (2005) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 15: 977-982.
    • Shankaran, K. et al. (2004a) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 14: 3589-3593.
    • Shankaran, K. et al. (2004b) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 14: 3419-3424.
    • Shen, D. M. et al. (2004a) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 14: 935-939.
    • Shen, D. M. et al. (2004b) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 14: 941-945.
    • Shiraishi, M., et al. (2000) J. Med. Chem. 43: 2049-2063.
    • Shu, M. et al. (2004) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 14: 947-52.
    • Si, Z., et al. (2004) Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci. USA 101: 5036-5041.
    • Simmons, G., et al. (1996) J. Virol. 70: 8355-8360.
    • Spenlehauer, C., et al. (2001) Virology 280:292-300.
    • Strizki, J. M. et al. (2001) Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci. USA. 98: 12718-12723.
    • Tagat, J. R. et al. (2001a) J. Med. Chem. 44: 3343-3346.
    • Tagat, J. R. et al. (2001b) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 11: 2143-2146.
    • Tagat, J. R., et al. (2004) J. Med. Chem. 47: 2405-2408.
    • Takashima, K., et al. (2005) Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 49:374-3482.
    • Thali, M., et al. (1992) J. Acquir. Immune Defic. Syndr. 5: 591-599.
    • Thoma, G. et al. (2004) J. Med. Chem. 47:1939-1955.
    • Tilley, S. A., et al. (1992) AIDS Res. Hum. Retrovir. 8: 461-467.
    • Tran, E. H., et al. (2000) Eur. J. Immunol. 30:1410-1415.
    • Tremblay, C., et al. (2000) Journal of Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes and Human Retrovirology 25:99-102
    • Tremblay, C. L., et al. (2002) Antimicrobal Agents and Chemotherapy 46:1336-1339.
    • Tremblay, C. L., et al. (2005) 12th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections. Boston, Mass., Feb. 22-25, 2005, Abstract 542.
    • Tremblay, C. L., et al. (2005) Antivir. Ther. 10:967-968.
    • Tremblay, C. L., et al. (2005) Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 49:3483-3485.
    • Trkola, A., et al. (2001) J. Virol. 75: 579-588.
    • Trkola, A., et al. (1999) Journal of Virology 73:8966-8974.
    • Trkola, A., et al. (1998) J. Virol. 72: 1876-1885.
    • Tsamis, F., et al., (2003) Journal of Virology 77:5201-5208.
    • Vijh-Warrier, S., et al. (1996) J. Virol. 70: 4466-4473.
    • Watson, C., et al. (2005) Mol. Pharmacol. 67:1268-1282.
    • Wild, C., et al. (1992) PNAS 89:10537-10541.
    • Willoughby, C. A. et al. (2001) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 11: 3137-41.
    • Willoughby, C. A. et al. (2003) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 13: 427-431.
    • Wu, L., et al. (1997) J. Exp. Med. 186: 1373-1381.
    • Zhou, Y., et al. (1998) J. Immunol. 160: 4018-4025.
    • Zhu, P., et al. (2001) J. Virol. 75: 6682-6686.

Claims (53)

1. A method for reducing HIV-1 viral load in an HIV-1-infected human subject which comprises administering to the subject at a predefined interval effective HIV-1 viral load-reducing doses of a humanized antibody designated PRO140, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:HuPRO140-VK (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4097), and (ii) two heavy chains, each heavy chain comprising the expression product of either the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 HG2-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4098) or the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 (mut B+D+I)-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4099), wherein the effective HIV-1 viral load-reducing dose comprises from 0.1 mg per kg to 10 mg per kg of the subject's body weight, so as to thereby reduce the subject's HIV-1 viral load.
2-4. (canceled)
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the effective viral load-reducing dose is from 0.25 mg per kg to 7.5 mg per kg of the subject's body weight.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein the dose is from 0.5 mg per kg to 5 mg per kg of the subject's body weight.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein the dose is from 1 mg per kg to 3 mg per kg of the subject's body weight.
8. The method of claim 7, wherein the dose is 2 mg per kg of the subject's body weight.
9. The method of claim 1, the effective viral load-reducing dose is sufficient to achieve in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 400 ng/ml.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein the doses administered at regular intervals are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 1 μg/ml.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein the doses are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of about 3 to about 12 μg/ml.
12. The method of claim 10, wherein the doses are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 5 μg/ml.
13. The method of claim 12, wherein the doses are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 10 μg/ml.
14. The method of claim 13, wherein the doses are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 25 μg/ml.
15. The method of claim 14, wherein the doses are sufficient to achieve and maintain in the subject a serum concentration of the antibody of at least 50 μg/ml.
16. The method of claim 1, wherein the predefined interval is at least once weekly.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein the predefined interval is every two to four weeks.
18. The method of claim 17, wherein the predefined interval is every two weeks.
19. The method of claim 17, wherein the predefined interval is every four weeks.
20. The method of claim 16, wherein the predefined interval is at least once monthly.
21. The method of claim 16, wherein the predefined interval is every six weeks.
22. The method of claim 16, wherein the predefined interval is every eight weeks.
23. The method of claim 1, wherein the reduction of the subject's HIV-1 viral load is maintained for at least one week.
24. The method of claim 23, wherein the reduction of the subject's HIV-1 viral load is maintained for at least two weeks.
25. The method of claim 24, wherein the reduction of the subject's HIV-1 viral load is maintained for at least four weeks.
26. The method of claim 25, wherein the reduction of the subject's HIV-1 viral load is maintained for at least three months.
27. The method of claim 1, wherein the antibody is administered via intravenous infusion.
28. The method of claim 1, wherein the antibody is administered via subcutaneous injection.
29. The method of claim 1, wherein the subject's HIV-1 viral load is reduced by at least 50% following administration of the antibody.
30. The method of claim 29, wherein the subject's HIV-1 viral load is reduced by at least 70% following administration of the antibody.
31. The method of claim 30, wherein the subject's HIV-1 viral load is reduced by at least 90% following administration of the antibody.
32. The method of claim 1, further comprising administering to the subject at least one anti-HIV-1 anti-retroviral agent.
33. The method of claim 32, wherein the anti-HIV-1 anti-retroviral agent is a nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI), a nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI), a protease inhibitor (PI), a fusion inhibitor, or any combination thereof.
34. The method of claim 1, wherein the subject is treatment-naïve.
35. The method of claim 1, wherein the subject is treatment-experienced.
36. The method of claim 1, wherein (a) prior to administering the monoclonal antibody to the subject, the subject has received treatment with at least one anti-HIV-1 anti-retroviral agent, and (b) concurrent with administering the monoclonal antibody, the subject continues to receive treatment with the agent or agents, so as to enhance the reduction of HIV-1 viral load in the subject. subject.
37. The method of claim 36, wherein the anti-HIV-1 anti-retroviral agent is a nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI), a nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI), a protease inhibitor (PI), a fusion inhibitor, or any combination thereof.
38-43. (canceled)
44. The method of claim 33, wherein the fusion inhibitor is a non-antibody CCR5 antagonist.
45-66. (canceled)
67. The method of claim 44, wherein the non-antibody CCR5 receptor antagonist is a small organic molecule.
68. The method of claim 67, wherein the CCR5 receptor antagonist is SCH-D, UK-427,857, TAK-779, TAK-652 or GW873140.
69. The method of claim 44, wherein the CCR5 receptor antagonist is an agent that competes with (i) SCH-D's binding to the CCR5 receptor, (ii) UK-427,857's binding to the CCR5 receptor, (iii) TAK-779's binding to the CCR5 receptor, (iv) TAK-652's binding to the CCR5 receptor, or (v) GW873140's binding to the CCR5 receptor.
70-73. (canceled)
74. The method of claim 67, wherein the CCR5 receptor antagonist is administered a plurality of times and the effective amount per administration comprises from 0.5 mg to 2,500 mg.
75. The method of claim 74, wherein the amount is from 5 mg to 1,250 mg.
76. The method of claim 74, wherein the amount is from 5 mg to 15 mg of the antagonist to the subject.
77. The method of claim 76, wherein the amount is from 50 mg to 1,250 mg of the antagonist to the subject.
78. The method of claim 77, wherein the amount is from 200 mg to 800 mg of the antagonist to the subject.
79. The method of claim 78, wherein the amount is from 300 mg to 600 mg of the antagonist.
80. The method of claim 67, wherein the CCR5 receptor antagonist is administered orally once or twice per day.
81. The method of claim 68, wherein the CCR5 receptor antagonist is administered orally three or fewer times per day.
82-104. (canceled)
105. The method of claim 1, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:HuPRO140-VK (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4097), and (ii) two heavy chains, each heavy chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 HG2-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4098).
106. The method of claim 1, wherein PRO140 comprises (i) two light chains, each light chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVK:HuPRO140-VK (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4097), and (ii) two heavy chains, each heavy chain comprising the expression product of the plasmid designated pVg4:HuPRO140 (mut B+D+I)-VH (ATCC Deposit Designation PTA-4099).
US11/894,762 2005-07-22 2007-08-20 Methods for reducing viral load in HIV-1-infected patients Abandoned US20080241135A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/894,762 US20080241135A1 (en) 2005-07-22 2007-08-20 Methods for reducing viral load in HIV-1-infected patients

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US70206405P 2005-07-22 2005-07-22
US70188905P 2005-07-23 2005-07-23
US71152805P 2005-08-26 2005-08-26
US71561905P 2005-09-09 2005-09-09
US11/491,330 US20070026441A1 (en) 2005-07-22 2006-07-21 Methods for reducing viral load in HIV-1-infected patients
US11/894,762 US20080241135A1 (en) 2005-07-22 2007-08-20 Methods for reducing viral load in HIV-1-infected patients

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/491,330 Continuation US20070026441A1 (en) 2005-07-22 2006-07-21 Methods for reducing viral load in HIV-1-infected patients

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20080241135A1 true US20080241135A1 (en) 2008-10-02

Family

ID=37683857

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/491,330 Abandoned US20070026441A1 (en) 2005-07-22 2006-07-21 Methods for reducing viral load in HIV-1-infected patients
US11/894,762 Abandoned US20080241135A1 (en) 2005-07-22 2007-08-20 Methods for reducing viral load in HIV-1-infected patients
US12/954,464 Active US8821877B2 (en) 2005-07-22 2010-11-24 Methods for inhibiting HIV-1 replication involving the administration of an anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody and small molecule CCR5 receptor antagonist
US14/319,505 Abandoned US20140377259A1 (en) 2005-07-22 2014-06-30 Methods for inhibiting hiv-1 replication involving the administration of an anti-ccr5 receptor monoclonal antibody and small molecule ccr5 receptor antagonist

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/491,330 Abandoned US20070026441A1 (en) 2005-07-22 2006-07-21 Methods for reducing viral load in HIV-1-infected patients

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/954,464 Active US8821877B2 (en) 2005-07-22 2010-11-24 Methods for inhibiting HIV-1 replication involving the administration of an anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody and small molecule CCR5 receptor antagonist
US14/319,505 Abandoned US20140377259A1 (en) 2005-07-22 2014-06-30 Methods for inhibiting hiv-1 replication involving the administration of an anti-ccr5 receptor monoclonal antibody and small molecule ccr5 receptor antagonist

Country Status (12)

Country Link
US (4) US20070026441A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1910573B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2009514790A (en)
KR (1) KR20080035653A (en)
AU (1) AU2006272750B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2616189C (en)
ES (1) ES2438019T3 (en)
IL (1) IL188766A0 (en)
MX (1) MX2008000984A (en)
NO (1) NO20080919L (en)
WO (1) WO2007014114A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200800641B (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080253334A1 (en) * 2005-10-17 2008-10-16 Torsner Per Johan Downlink Solution for Seamless and Lossless Cell Change in a Cellular System
US20120073987A1 (en) * 2009-06-08 2012-03-29 Heinz-Bernhard Kraatz Electrochemical method and apparatus of identifying the presence of a target
US20130023496A1 (en) * 2010-04-02 2013-01-24 Randy Tressler Combination Therapy Comprising A CCR5 Antagonist, A HIV-1 Protease Inhibtior and a Pharmacokinetic Enhancer
WO2015126892A1 (en) * 2014-02-18 2015-08-27 Cytodyn Inc Use of anti-ccr5 antibodies in graft versus host disease
US11584797B2 (en) 2015-06-23 2023-02-21 Cytodyn Inc. Inhibition of CCL5 ligand binding to CCR5 receptor and alteration of CCR5/CCL5 axis signaling in inflammation, cancer, autoimmune, and other conditions

Families Citing this family (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2224003C (en) * 1995-06-07 2010-04-13 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fluorescence resonance energy transfer screening assay for the identification of hiv-1 envelope glycoprotein-medicated cell
US7118859B2 (en) * 1996-01-17 2006-10-10 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for inhibiting HIV-1 infection
US6344545B1 (en) * 1996-06-14 2002-02-05 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for preventing HIV-1 infection of CD4+ cells
US7858298B1 (en) 1996-04-01 2010-12-28 Progenics Pharmaceuticals Inc. Methods of inhibiting human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1) infection through the administration of CCR5 chemokine receptor antagonists
US20040228869A1 (en) * 1998-12-16 2004-11-18 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Synergistic inhibition of HIV-1 fusion and attachment, compositions and antibodies thereto
US7138119B2 (en) * 2000-09-15 2006-11-21 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of HIV-1 infection
US7060273B2 (en) * 2001-04-06 2006-06-13 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for inhibiting HIV-1 infection
US7122185B2 (en) * 2002-02-22 2006-10-17 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-CCR5 antibody
EP1583542B9 (en) * 2003-01-14 2008-10-22 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Compositions and methods for combination antiviral therapy
MX2008000984A (en) * 2005-07-22 2008-04-04 Progenics Pharm Inc Methods for reducing viral load in hiv-1-infected patients.
WO2008134076A1 (en) * 2007-04-30 2008-11-06 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for reducing viral load in hiv-1-infected patients
WO2009014638A2 (en) * 2007-07-19 2009-01-29 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of inhibiting infection by diverse subtypes of drug-resistant hiv-1
US20090074766A1 (en) * 2007-09-14 2009-03-19 Ketas Thomas J Methods of inhibiting HIV-2 infection
WO2009134401A2 (en) * 2008-04-29 2009-11-05 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of inhibiting infection by diverse subtypes of drug-resistant hiv-1
US10500274B2 (en) * 2008-04-30 2019-12-10 Cytodyn Inc. Methods for reducing viral load in HIV-1 infected patients
WO2010027501A2 (en) * 2008-09-05 2010-03-11 Duke University Anti-lipid antibodies
JP2013032241A (en) 2011-08-01 2013-02-14 Sumitomo Electric Ind Ltd Method for making optical fiber preform
WO2018039521A1 (en) * 2016-08-26 2018-03-01 Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Deuterated cenicriviroc
US20190016810A1 (en) 2017-05-11 2019-01-17 Cytodyn Inc. Methods for treating or preventing graft-versus-host disease involving the administration of anti-ccr5 receptor agents
US20190014758A1 (en) 2017-05-11 2019-01-17 Cytodyn Inc. Humanized mouse model
CN111886249A (en) 2017-09-18 2020-11-03 西托戴恩股份有限公司 Screening method for identifying and treating HIV-1 infected patient subpopulations suitable for long-term anti-CCR 5 agent treatment
CA3146474A1 (en) 2019-08-02 2021-02-11 Denis BURGER Methods for treating or preventing cancers involving the administration of anti-ccr5 receptor agents
US11045546B1 (en) 2020-03-30 2021-06-29 Cytodyn Inc. Methods of treating coronavirus infection

Citations (45)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5225539A (en) * 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
US5225529A (en) * 1989-01-30 1993-07-06 Farmhispania S.A. Synthetic amphiphilic glycoconjugates for neurological use
US5229275A (en) * 1990-04-26 1993-07-20 Akzo N.V. In-vitro method for producing antigen-specific human monoclonal antibodies
US5545806A (en) * 1990-08-29 1996-08-13 Genpharm International, Inc. Ransgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5545807A (en) * 1988-10-12 1996-08-13 The Babraham Institute Production of antibodies from transgenic animals
US5565332A (en) * 1991-09-23 1996-10-15 Medical Research Council Production of chimeric antibodies - a combinatorial approach
US5567610A (en) * 1986-09-04 1996-10-22 Bioinvent International Ab Method of producing human monoclonal antibodies and kit therefor
US5585089A (en) * 1988-12-28 1996-12-17 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5591669A (en) * 1988-12-05 1997-01-07 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic mice depleted in a mature lymphocytic cell-type
US5817767A (en) * 1993-02-24 1998-10-06 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Synergistic composition of CD4-based protein and anti-HIV-1 antibody, and methods of using same
US5939320A (en) * 1996-05-20 1999-08-17 New York University G-coupled receptors associated with macrophage-trophic HIV, and diagnostic and therapeutic uses thereof
US6025154A (en) * 1995-06-06 2000-02-15 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Polynucleotides encoding human G-protein chemokine receptor HDGNR10
US6100087A (en) * 1998-03-11 2000-08-08 City Of Hope Ribozymes targeted to human CCR5 mRNA
US6107019A (en) * 1996-06-14 2000-08-22 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for preventing HIV-1 infection of CD4+ cells
US6150584A (en) * 1990-01-12 2000-11-21 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US6258782B1 (en) * 1998-05-20 2001-07-10 Trimeris, Inc. Hybrid polypeptides with enhanced pharmacokinetic properties
US6258527B1 (en) * 1996-05-20 2001-07-10 The Aaron Diamond Aids Research Center Methods of identifying g-coupled receptors associated with macrophage-trophic HIV, and diagnostic and therapeutic uses thereof
US6261763B1 (en) * 1995-06-07 2001-07-17 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fluorescence resonance energy transfer screening assay for the identification of compounds that are capable of abrogating macrophage-tropic HIV-1 cell fusion
US6261764B1 (en) * 1997-09-22 2001-07-17 Chiron Corporation Buffers for stabilizing antigens
US6265184B1 (en) * 1995-12-20 2001-07-24 Icos Corporation Polynucleotides encoding chemokine receptor 88C
US6344545B1 (en) * 1996-06-14 2002-02-05 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for preventing HIV-1 infection of CD4+ cells
US20020048786A1 (en) * 2000-02-09 2002-04-25 Rosen Craig A. Human G-protein Chemokine Receptor HDGNR10
US20020068813A1 (en) * 2000-02-29 2002-06-06 Tatjana Dragic Sulfated CCR5 peptides for HIV-1 infection
US6448375B1 (en) * 1996-03-01 2002-09-10 Euroscreen S.A. Active and inactive CC-chemokine receptor
US20020146415A1 (en) * 2001-04-06 2002-10-10 Olson William C. Methods for inhibiting HIV-1 infection
US6476034B2 (en) * 2000-02-22 2002-11-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Antiviral azaindole derivatives
US20020177603A1 (en) * 2001-04-19 2002-11-28 Johnson Barry L. Tricyclic compounds useful as HIV reverse transcriptase inhibitors
US20030003440A1 (en) * 2001-03-14 2003-01-02 Lucia Lopalco Novel CCR5 epitope and antibodies against it
US6528625B1 (en) * 1996-10-28 2003-03-04 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-CCR5 antibodies and kits comprising same
US20030092632A1 (en) * 2001-02-28 2003-05-15 Tatjana Dragic Sulfated CCR5 peptides for HIV-1 infection
US20030187247A1 (en) * 1992-09-30 2003-10-02 The Scripps Research Institute Human neutralizing monoclonal antibodies to human immunodeficiency virus
US20030195348A1 (en) * 1996-05-28 2003-10-16 The United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary, CC chemokine receptor 5 DNA, new animal models and therapeutic agents for HIV infection
US6692745B2 (en) * 2000-01-28 2004-02-17 Arogenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of HIV-1 infection
US20040086528A1 (en) * 1996-06-14 2004-05-06 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Uses of a chemokine receptor for inhibiting HIV-1 infection
US20040228869A1 (en) * 1998-12-16 2004-11-18 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Synergistic inhibition of HIV-1 fusion and attachment, compositions and antibodies thereto
US20050131042A1 (en) * 2003-12-11 2005-06-16 Flentge Charles A. HIV protease inhibiting compounds
US20050154193A1 (en) * 2001-12-21 2005-07-14 Viktor Roschke Human G-protein chemokine receptor (CCR5) HDGNR10
US7060273B2 (en) * 2001-04-06 2006-06-13 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for inhibiting HIV-1 infection
US20060154857A1 (en) * 2003-05-16 2006-07-13 University Of Maryland Biotechnology Institute Compositions for down-regulation of CCR5 expression and methods of use thereof
US7118859B2 (en) * 1996-01-17 2006-10-10 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for inhibiting HIV-1 infection
US7122185B2 (en) * 2002-02-22 2006-10-17 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-CCR5 antibody
US7138119B2 (en) * 2000-09-15 2006-11-21 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of HIV-1 infection
US20070026441A1 (en) * 2005-07-22 2007-02-01 Olson William C Methods for reducing viral load in HIV-1-infected patients
US7175988B2 (en) * 2001-02-09 2007-02-13 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human G-protein Chemokine Receptor (CCR5) HDGNR10
US7501123B2 (en) * 2004-03-12 2009-03-10 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human G-protein chemokine receptor (CCR5) HDGNR10

Family Cites Families (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4816567A (en) * 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
IL162181A (en) 1988-12-28 2006-04-10 Pdl Biopharma Inc A method of producing humanized immunoglubulin, and polynucleotides encoding the same
US5026154A (en) * 1989-10-06 1991-06-25 The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy Multipulsed dynamic moire interferometer
EP0738330A4 (en) 1993-12-17 2002-10-30 Progenics Pharm Inc Methods for using resonance energy transfer-based assay of hiv-1 envelope clycoprotein-mediated membrane fusion, and kits for practicing same
EP0815137A4 (en) 1995-06-06 1998-08-05 Human Genome Sciences Inc Human g-protein chemokine receptor hdgnr10
EP1145721A3 (en) 1995-06-06 2003-12-03 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human G-protein chemokine receptor HDGNR10 (CCR5 receptor). Pharmaceutical composition
MX9709849A (en) 1995-06-06 1998-03-29 Human Genome Sciences Inc Human g-protein chemokine receptor hdgnr10
WO1997026009A1 (en) 1996-01-17 1997-07-24 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds capable of inhibiting hiv-1 infection
WO1997028258A1 (en) 1996-01-30 1997-08-07 The National Institutes Of Health Cells expressing both human cd4 and cxcr4
AU728512B2 (en) 1996-04-02 2001-01-11 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for preventing HIV-1 infection of CD4+ cells
FR2748938B1 (en) 1996-05-22 1998-07-31 Pasteur Institut USE OF ANTAGONIST MOLECULES OF CHEMOKINES FOR THEIR ANTIVIRAL ACTIVITY IN PARTICULAR AGAINST HIV-TYPE RETROVIRUSES
WO1997047319A1 (en) 1996-06-14 1997-12-18 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Uses of a chemokine receptor for inhibiting hiv-1 infection
CZ295937B6 (en) * 1997-07-25 2005-12-14 H. Lundbeck A/S Indole and 2,3-dihydroindole derivatives
US20020061892A1 (en) 2000-02-22 2002-05-23 Tao Wang Antiviral azaindole derivatives
ATE407134T1 (en) 2000-05-26 2008-09-15 Pfizer TRIAZOLYLTROPAND DERIVATIVES AS CCR5 MODULATORS
AU2002337885B1 (en) * 2001-10-16 2003-04-28 The Government Of The United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Broadly cross-reactive neutralizing antibodies against human ummunodeficiency virus selected by Env-CD4-co-receptor complexes
AU2003217674C1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2009-03-26 Abbvie Biotherapeutics Inc. Anti-CCR5 antibody
US6884889B2 (en) 2002-03-25 2005-04-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Processes for the preparation of antiviral 7-azaindole derivatives
EP1696952A4 (en) * 2003-12-23 2007-11-07 Centocor Inc Anti-retroviral agents, compositions, methods and uses
AR048650A1 (en) * 2004-05-04 2006-05-10 Tibotec Pharm Ltd DERIVATIVES OF (1,10B-DIHIDRO-2- (AMINOCARBONIL-PHENYL) -5H-PIRAZOLO [1,5 C] [1,3] BENZOXAZIN-5-IL) METHANONE PHENYL AS INHIBITORS OF HIV VIRAL REPLICATION
WO2008134076A1 (en) * 2007-04-30 2008-11-06 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for reducing viral load in hiv-1-infected patients

Patent Citations (73)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5225539A (en) * 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
US5567610A (en) * 1986-09-04 1996-10-22 Bioinvent International Ab Method of producing human monoclonal antibodies and kit therefor
US5545807A (en) * 1988-10-12 1996-08-13 The Babraham Institute Production of antibodies from transgenic animals
US5591669A (en) * 1988-12-05 1997-01-07 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic mice depleted in a mature lymphocytic cell-type
US5585089A (en) * 1988-12-28 1996-12-17 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5693761A (en) * 1988-12-28 1997-12-02 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Polynucleotides encoding improved humanized immunoglobulins
US5225529A (en) * 1989-01-30 1993-07-06 Farmhispania S.A. Synthetic amphiphilic glycoconjugates for neurological use
US6150584A (en) * 1990-01-12 2000-11-21 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US5229275A (en) * 1990-04-26 1993-07-20 Akzo N.V. In-vitro method for producing antigen-specific human monoclonal antibodies
US5545806A (en) * 1990-08-29 1996-08-13 Genpharm International, Inc. Ransgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5565332A (en) * 1991-09-23 1996-10-15 Medical Research Council Production of chimeric antibodies - a combinatorial approach
US20030187247A1 (en) * 1992-09-30 2003-10-02 The Scripps Research Institute Human neutralizing monoclonal antibodies to human immunodeficiency virus
US5817767A (en) * 1993-02-24 1998-10-06 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Synergistic composition of CD4-based protein and anti-HIV-1 antibody, and methods of using same
US6759519B2 (en) * 1995-06-06 2004-07-06 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Antibodies to human G-protein chemokine receptor HDGNR10 (CCR5receptor)
US6025154A (en) * 1995-06-06 2000-02-15 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Polynucleotides encoding human G-protein chemokine receptor HDGNR10
US7160546B2 (en) * 1995-06-06 2007-01-09 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human G-protein chemokine receptor (CCR5) HDGNR10
US20060140977A1 (en) * 1995-06-07 2006-06-29 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for assaying inhibition of HIV-1 envelope glycoprotein-mediated membrane fusion
US6261763B1 (en) * 1995-06-07 2001-07-17 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fluorescence resonance energy transfer screening assay for the identification of compounds that are capable of abrogating macrophage-tropic HIV-1 cell fusion
US6972126B2 (en) * 1995-06-07 2005-12-06 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for using resonance energy transfer-based assay of HIV-1 envelope glycoprotein-mediated membrane fusion, and kits for practicing same
US20020045161A1 (en) * 1995-06-07 2002-04-18 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fluorescence resonance energy transfer screening assay for the identification of HIV-1 envelope glycoprotein-medicated cell
US6265184B1 (en) * 1995-12-20 2001-07-24 Icos Corporation Polynucleotides encoding chemokine receptor 88C
US6268477B1 (en) * 1995-12-20 2001-07-31 Icos Corporation Chemokine receptor 88-C
US6797811B1 (en) * 1995-12-20 2004-09-28 Icos Corporation Antibodies to chemokine receptor 88C
US7118859B2 (en) * 1996-01-17 2006-10-10 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for inhibiting HIV-1 infection
US7345153B2 (en) * 1996-01-17 2008-03-18 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds capable of inhibiting HIV-1 infection
US6800447B2 (en) * 1996-03-01 2004-10-05 Euroscreen S.A. Methods for identifying compounds which bind the active CCR5 chemokine receptor
US6930174B2 (en) * 1996-03-01 2005-08-16 Euroscreen, S.A. CCR5 chemokine receptor-specific antibodies
US6448375B1 (en) * 1996-03-01 2002-09-10 Euroscreen S.A. Active and inactive CC-chemokine receptor
US20040161739A1 (en) * 1996-03-01 2004-08-19 Michel Samson HIV diagnostic methods
US20040110127A1 (en) * 1996-03-01 2004-06-10 Euroscreen Screening methods for identifying compounds which decrease HIV entry into a cell
US6692938B2 (en) * 1996-03-01 2004-02-17 Euroscreen, S.A. Nucleic acids encoding active and inactive CCR5 chemokine receptors
US20020155429A1 (en) * 1996-04-01 2002-10-24 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for preventing HIV-1 infection of CD4+ cells
US20060029932A1 (en) * 1996-04-01 2006-02-09 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for preventing HIV-1 infection of CD4+ cells
US6258527B1 (en) * 1996-05-20 2001-07-10 The Aaron Diamond Aids Research Center Methods of identifying g-coupled receptors associated with macrophage-trophic HIV, and diagnostic and therapeutic uses thereof
US5939320A (en) * 1996-05-20 1999-08-17 New York University G-coupled receptors associated with macrophage-trophic HIV, and diagnostic and therapeutic uses thereof
US7129055B2 (en) * 1996-05-20 2006-10-31 New York University Methods of identifying g-couple receptors associated with macrophage-trophic HIV, and diagnostic and therapeutic uses thereof
US20030195348A1 (en) * 1996-05-28 2003-10-16 The United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary, CC chemokine receptor 5 DNA, new animal models and therapeutic agents for HIV infection
US7151087B2 (en) * 1996-05-28 2006-12-19 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Resources CC chemokine receptor 5 DNA, new animal models and therapeutic agents for HIV infection
US20060194244A1 (en) * 1996-06-14 2006-08-31 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Uses of a chemokine receptor for inhibiting HIV-1 infection
US20040086528A1 (en) * 1996-06-14 2004-05-06 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Uses of a chemokine receptor for inhibiting HIV-1 infection
US6107019A (en) * 1996-06-14 2000-08-22 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for preventing HIV-1 infection of CD4+ cells
US6344545B1 (en) * 1996-06-14 2002-02-05 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for preventing HIV-1 infection of CD4+ cells
US6528625B1 (en) * 1996-10-28 2003-03-04 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-CCR5 antibodies and kits comprising same
US20030166870A1 (en) * 1996-10-28 2003-09-04 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-CCR5 antibodies and methods of use therefor
US6261764B1 (en) * 1997-09-22 2001-07-17 Chiron Corporation Buffers for stabilizing antigens
US6100087A (en) * 1998-03-11 2000-08-08 City Of Hope Ribozymes targeted to human CCR5 mRNA
US6258782B1 (en) * 1998-05-20 2001-07-10 Trimeris, Inc. Hybrid polypeptides with enhanced pharmacokinetic properties
US20070231327A1 (en) * 1998-12-16 2007-10-04 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-CCR5 antibodies
US20070274986A1 (en) * 1998-12-16 2007-11-29 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions comprising anti-CCR5 antibody
US20040228869A1 (en) * 1998-12-16 2004-11-18 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Synergistic inhibition of HIV-1 fusion and attachment, compositions and antibodies thereto
US20040062767A1 (en) * 2000-01-28 2004-04-01 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of HIV-1 infection
US6692745B2 (en) * 2000-01-28 2004-02-17 Arogenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of HIV-1 infection
US20030166024A1 (en) * 2000-02-09 2003-09-04 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human G-protein chemokine receptor (CCR5) HDGNR10
US20020048786A1 (en) * 2000-02-09 2002-04-25 Rosen Craig A. Human G-protein Chemokine Receptor HDGNR10
US20020061834A1 (en) * 2000-02-09 2002-05-23 Rosen Craig A. Human G-protein Chemokine receptor (CCR5) HDGNR10
US6476034B2 (en) * 2000-02-22 2002-11-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Antiviral azaindole derivatives
US20020068813A1 (en) * 2000-02-29 2002-06-06 Tatjana Dragic Sulfated CCR5 peptides for HIV-1 infection
US6548636B2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2003-04-15 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sulfated CCR5 peptides for HIV-1 infection
US20030139571A1 (en) * 2000-02-29 2003-07-24 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sulfated CCR5 peptides for HIV-1 infection
US6908734B2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2005-06-21 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sulfated CCR5 peptides for HIV-1 infection
US7138119B2 (en) * 2000-09-15 2006-11-21 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of HIV-1 infection
US7175988B2 (en) * 2001-02-09 2007-02-13 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human G-protein Chemokine Receptor (CCR5) HDGNR10
US20030092632A1 (en) * 2001-02-28 2003-05-15 Tatjana Dragic Sulfated CCR5 peptides for HIV-1 infection
US20030003440A1 (en) * 2001-03-14 2003-01-02 Lucia Lopalco Novel CCR5 epitope and antibodies against it
US7060273B2 (en) * 2001-04-06 2006-06-13 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for inhibiting HIV-1 infection
US20020146415A1 (en) * 2001-04-06 2002-10-10 Olson William C. Methods for inhibiting HIV-1 infection
US20020177603A1 (en) * 2001-04-19 2002-11-28 Johnson Barry L. Tricyclic compounds useful as HIV reverse transcriptase inhibitors
US20050154193A1 (en) * 2001-12-21 2005-07-14 Viktor Roschke Human G-protein chemokine receptor (CCR5) HDGNR10
US7122185B2 (en) * 2002-02-22 2006-10-17 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-CCR5 antibody
US20060154857A1 (en) * 2003-05-16 2006-07-13 University Of Maryland Biotechnology Institute Compositions for down-regulation of CCR5 expression and methods of use thereof
US20050131042A1 (en) * 2003-12-11 2005-06-16 Flentge Charles A. HIV protease inhibiting compounds
US7501123B2 (en) * 2004-03-12 2009-03-10 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human G-protein chemokine receptor (CCR5) HDGNR10
US20070026441A1 (en) * 2005-07-22 2007-02-01 Olson William C Methods for reducing viral load in HIV-1-infected patients

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080253334A1 (en) * 2005-10-17 2008-10-16 Torsner Per Johan Downlink Solution for Seamless and Lossless Cell Change in a Cellular System
US20120073987A1 (en) * 2009-06-08 2012-03-29 Heinz-Bernhard Kraatz Electrochemical method and apparatus of identifying the presence of a target
US20130023496A1 (en) * 2010-04-02 2013-01-24 Randy Tressler Combination Therapy Comprising A CCR5 Antagonist, A HIV-1 Protease Inhibtior and a Pharmacokinetic Enhancer
WO2015126892A1 (en) * 2014-02-18 2015-08-27 Cytodyn Inc Use of anti-ccr5 antibodies in graft versus host disease
US11584797B2 (en) 2015-06-23 2023-02-21 Cytodyn Inc. Inhibition of CCL5 ligand binding to CCR5 receptor and alteration of CCR5/CCL5 axis signaling in inflammation, cancer, autoimmune, and other conditions

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20080035653A (en) 2008-04-23
WO2007014114A3 (en) 2009-01-08
MX2008000984A (en) 2008-04-04
ZA200800641B (en) 2011-11-30
US20110200592A1 (en) 2011-08-18
US8821877B2 (en) 2014-09-02
NO20080919L (en) 2008-04-22
EP1910573A4 (en) 2010-04-07
IL188766A0 (en) 2008-08-07
CA2616189A1 (en) 2007-02-01
CA2616189C (en) 2019-03-26
JP2009514790A (en) 2009-04-09
AU2006272750A1 (en) 2007-02-01
US20070026441A1 (en) 2007-02-01
WO2007014114A2 (en) 2007-02-01
EP1910573A2 (en) 2008-04-16
US20140377259A1 (en) 2014-12-25
ES2438019T3 (en) 2014-01-15
EP1910573B1 (en) 2013-09-04
AU2006272750B2 (en) 2011-09-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8821877B2 (en) Methods for inhibiting HIV-1 replication involving the administration of an anti-CCR5 receptor monoclonal antibody and small molecule CCR5 receptor antagonist
US20170049884A1 (en) Use of anti-ccr5 antibodies in graft versus host disease
US7851600B2 (en) Anti-CCR5 antibody
EA036261B1 (en) Combination therapy for cancer
US20200306372A1 (en) Methods for reducing viral load in hiv-1 infected patients
US20100178290A1 (en) Methods for reducing viral load in HIV-1 infected patients
JP7035143B2 (en) HIV antibody therapy as an alternative treatment
Lopalco Natural anti-CCR5 antibodies in HIV-infection and-exposure
Ji et al. Novel CCR5 monoclonal antibodies with potent and broad-spectrum anti-HIV activities
WO2019055995A1 (en) Screening methods for identifying and treating hiv-1 infected patient sub-populations suitable for long term anti-ccr5 agent therapy
CN101495145A (en) Methods for reducing viral load in HIV-1-infected patients
US20110135634A1 (en) Methods of inhibiting infection by diverse subtypes of drug-resistant hiv-1
US20090074766A1 (en) Methods of inhibiting HIV-2 infection
OLSON et al. Sommaire du brevet 2616189
OLSON et al. Patent 2616189 Summary
US20230020999A1 (en) Anti-cd30 antibody-drug conjugates and their use for the treatment of hiv infection
WO2009134401A9 (en) Methods of inhibiting infection by diverse subtypes of drug-resistant hiv-1

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION